Home

User-Manual

1. USB cable Video cable 196 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Operator information panel cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing and connector for the operator information panel cable The following notes describe additional information you must consider when you install or remove the operator information panel cable e You may remove the optional optical drive cable to obtain more room before you install or remove the operator information panel cable To remove the operator information panel cable slightly press the cable toward the chassis then pull to remove the cable from the connector on the system board Pulling the cable out of the connector by excessive force might cause damage to the cable or connector e To connect the operator information panel cable on the system board press evenly on the cable Pressing on one side of the cable might cause damage to the cable or connector Atte
2. H Y Ba Table 2 System board jumpers Jumper number Jumper name Jumper setting JP1 CMOS clear jumper Pins 1 and 2 Normal default e Pins 2 and 3 Clears the real time clock RTC registry JP2 UEFI boot backup jumper Pins 1 and 2 Normal default Loads the primary server firmware ROM page e Pins 2 and 3 Loads the secondary backup server firmware ROM page JP20 System TPM physical Pins 1 and 2 Normal default presence jumper e Pins 2 and 3 Indicates a physical presence to the system TPM Note Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded Do not change the jumper pin position after the server is turned on This can cause an unpredictable problem The following table describes the functions of the SW3 switch block on the system board Chapter 2 Introduction 19 Table 3 System board SW3 switch block definition Switch number Default position Description 1 Off Reserved
3. jia Y A i Q RH ooooo000 gaon ooooo000 de i 0000000000 _ ooooo00000 i Q souucaagcu oh 0 B a 8 E SHH i g Battery t 8 i ii l i n F 5 Ww TTT aT UU O TOSO a 2 3 4 TY Ol lalalaliii Danae AAR EY D i q cama o J iS f a Hea E E a i b Press the battery down into the socket until it clicks into place Make sure that the battery clip holds the battery securely c If you removed a rubber cover from the battery holder use your fingers to install the battery cover on top of the battery connector 3 Reinstall any adapters that you removed 276 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Reconnect the internal cables that you disconnected see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn
4. EH t Hl il z Ti N gggggg gygggg SEELEEEE ZSEELEEEZE Stet EZE Steet ezeEe REBB2XSa cPu2 SUS TRS Microprocessor 2 DIMM installation sequence Depending on the server model the server may come with a minimum of one 2 GB or 4 GB DIMM installed in slot 1 When you install additional DIMMs install them in the order shown in the following table to optimize system performance In non mirroring mode all three channels on the memory interface for each microprocessor can be populated in any order and have no matching requirements Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 253 Table 15 Non mirroring normal mode DIMM installation sequence Number of installed microprocessor DIMM connector population sequence One microprocessor 1 4 9 12 2 5 8 11 3 6 7 10 installed Two microprocessors 1 13 4 16 9 21 12 24 2 14 5 17 8 20 11 23 3 15 installed 6 18 7 19 10 22 Memory mirrored channel Memory mirrored channel mode replicates and stores data on two pairs of DIMMs within two channels simultaneously If a failure occurs the memory controller switches from the primary pair of memory DIMMs to the backup pair of DIMMs To enable memory mirrored channel throug
5. Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 201 Hard disk drive cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the two SAS signal cables iS pooononoo noooooonoa ooooooo000 oonoonnnnn Port 0 7 Oo Port 8 15 oo i 202 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 3 5 inch hard disk drive cable connection Configuration cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing for the configuration cabl
6. Attention Neither tilt nor push the battery by using excessive force c Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket Attention Do not lift the battery by using excessive force Failing to remove the battery properly may damage the socket on the system board Any damage to the socket may require replacing the system board Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations See the IBM Environmental Notices and User s Guide on the IBM Documentation CD for more information Installing the battery The following notes describe information that you must consider when you replace the battery in the server You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the same manufacturer After you replace the battery you must reconfigure the server and reset the system date and time To avoid possible danger read and follow the following safety statement To order replacement batteries call 1 800 IBM SERV within the United States and 1 800 465 7999 or 1 800 465 6666 within Canada Outside the U S and Canada call your support center or business partner Statement 2 A Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 275 CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only IBM Part Nu
7. Attention Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables See the safety information that begins on page viil Do not change settings or move jumpers on any system board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in this document The default for all of the switches on switch block SW3 is Off While the server is turned off move switch 4 of the switch block SW3 to the On position to enable the power on password override You can then start the Setup utility and reset the power on password You do not have to return the switch to the previous position The power on password override switch does not affect the administrator password Administrator password f an administrator password is set you must type the administrator password for access to the full Setup utility menu You can use any combination of 6 20 printable ASCII characters for the password Attention If you set an administrator password and then forget it there is no way to change override or remove it You must replace the system board Using the Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is a built in menu driven configuration utility program that you can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device
8. i4 ___ DVD drive cable I np f ual roo pf act Leo Ser ol 5 fe fF Ne af bat y a lib g 9 o o o 7 o G i f L l ae bd z l SSS Cable connector latch Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 195 USB and video cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the front USB and video cables pve Orom oooooooo0 oonoonnong nonoonnoon a eacnnmnoag d
9. signal cables LJ ry o Port 4 5 Port 0 3 Port 0 3 I LE i z e e q fe BB BBE SS Port 4 5 SAS signal cables 204 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing and replacing consumable and structural parts Replacement of consumable and structural parts is your responsibility If IBM installs a consumable or structural part at your request you will be charged for the installation Note The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Removing the cover To remove the cover complete the following steps Cover release latch 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 If you are planning to view the error LEDs that are on the system board and components leave the server connected to power and go directly to step 4 3 If you are planning to install or remove a microprocessor memory module PCI adapter battery or other non hot swap optional device turn off the server and all attached devices and disconnect all external cables and power cords 4 Slide the server out of the rack enclosure until both slide rails lock Note You can reach the cables on the back of the server when the server is in the locked position 5 Press the blue latch on the top in the center of the front of the se
10. link LED activity LED AC power LED green x 1 a ID E A 7 DC power ZZ a LZ LED green oO iz b L J KO T S en E oS ower supply OO Pred 3 E error LED amber Power on System error LED green LED amber Locator LED blue The following illustration shows the LEDs on a dc power supply Power input LED uoa Gel N j OH Power output LED es Q r F Power error LED OSS A 48V return Ground 48V Ethernet activity LEDs When these LEDs are lit they indicate that the server is transmitting to or receiving signals from the Ethernet LAN that is connected to the Ethernet port Ethernet link LEDs When these LEDs are lit they indicate that there is an active link connection on the 10BASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE TX interface for the Ethernet port AC power LED Each hot swap power supply has an ac power LED When the ac power LED is lit it indicates that sufficient power is coming into the power supply through the power cord During typical operation the ac power LEDs are lit For any other combination of LEDs see the Problem Determination and Service Guide on the IBMDocumentation CD DC power LED Each hot swap power supply has a dc power LED and an ac power LED Wh
11. Bepe S 0 Soe S SS HAS Crane Eanes tn c VGA power 5 A connector 1 S l ol A 198 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 2 5 inch hard disk drive cable connection 8 drive capable model Configuration cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing for the configuration cable Configuration cable R bie a igi Power cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing for the hard disk drive power cable SAS SATA backplane power cable i Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 199 Hard disk drive cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the two SAS signal cables Notes 1 To connect the SAS signal cables make sure that you first connect the signal cable and then the power cable and configuration cable 2 To disconnect the SAS signal cables make sure that you first disconnec
12. Ethernet Locator button icon locator LED Release latch id g O n204 Wm A 8 Ethernet Check log LED System error LED activity LEDs To view the light path diagnostics panel press the blue release latch on the operator information panel Pull forward on the panel until the hinge of the operator information panel is free of the server chassis Then pull down on the panel so that you can view the light path diagnostics panel information Operator information panel Release latch al This reveals the light path diagnostics panel Lit LEDs on this panel indicate the type of error that has occurred The following illustration shows the light path diagnostics panel p OVER AE SPEC Pcl a NMI CONFIG LINK Ag Remind MEM CPU KM mmm TEMP Fan ge BoarnD Hoo O Heset O Light Path Diagnostics Chapter 3 Diagnostics 125 Note any LEDs that are lit and then reinstall the light path diagnostics panel in the server Look at the system service label inside the server cover which gives an overview of internal components that correspond to the LEDs on the light path diagnostics panel This information and the information in Light path diagnostics on page 124 can often provide enough information to diagnose the error Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs Certain components inside the server have LEDs that are lit to indicate the location of a prob
13. is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000010 00000000 Security Userid 1 Error A user has Make sure that the correct login ID had 2 login failures exceeded the and password are being used oa ee m ablP ae ag Have the system administrator address 3 of unsuccessfu 1 user ID 2 login attempts from reset the login IDn password MaximumSuccessive a web browser and LoginFailures has been currently set to 5 in prevented from the firmware 3 logging in for the IP address lockout period XXX XXX XXX XXX 40000011 00000000 Security Login ID Error A user has Make sure that the correct login ID 1 had 2 login exceeded the and password are being used failures from CLI at maximum number Have the system administrator 3 of unsuccessful i 1 user ID 2 login attempts from reset the login ID or password MaximumSuccessive the command line LoginFailures interface and has currently set to 5 in been prevented the firmware 3 from logging in for IP address the lockout period XXX XXX XXX XXX 40000012 00000000 Remote access Error A user has Make sure that the correct login ID attempt failed Invalid attempted to log in and password are being used userid or password from a web is received Userid is browser by using ave tne system administrator 1 from WEB an invalid login ID reset the login
14. Symptom Action Multiple DIMMs in a channel are Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server identified as failing from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Reseat the DIMMs then restart the server 2 Remove the highest numbered DIMM of those that are identified and replace it with an identical known good DIMM then restart the server Repeat as necessary If the failures continue after all identified DIMMs are replaced go to step 4 3 Return the removed DIMMs one at a time to their original connectors restarting the server after each DIMM until a DIMM fails Replace each failing DIMM with an identical known good DIMM restarting the server after each DIMM replacement Repeat step 3 until you have tested all removed DIMMs 4 Replace the highest numbered DIMM of those identified then restart the server Repeat as necessary 5 Reverse the DIMMs between the channels of the same microprocessor and then restart the server If the problem is related to a DIMM replace the failing DIMM 6 Trained technician only Install the failing DIMM into a DIMM connector for microprocessor 2 if installed to verify that the problem is not the microprocessor or the DIMM connector 7 Trained technician only Replace the system board Chapter 3 Diagnostics 109 Microprocessor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in w
15. If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 146 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number Component _ Test State Description Action 166 814 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted to reset the IMM requested sensor After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power data or source and turn on the system record is 3 Run the test again not 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For present the latest level of DSA code go to 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see fUpieting fhe fimuware on pagel 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the
16. 2 Restart the server 3 If the problem remains contact your IBM service representative for support 3030007 S 3030007 A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image Internal UEFI Firmware Fault Detected System halted Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 3 Trained technician only replace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board n page 292 3040007 S 3040007 A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image Internal UEFI Firmware Fault Detected System halted a Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 1 3048005 3048005 UEFI has Booting Backup UEFI Information only Set the JP2 jumper in the booted from the Image backup position pins 2 and 3 to allow the server backup flash bank to boot from the backup UEFI see 19 W 3048006 W 3048006 UEFI has Automated Boot booted from the backup flash bank due to an Automatic Boot Recovery ABR event Recovery Booting Backup UEFI Image Select Load Default Settings and save the settings 1 Run the Setup ut
17. Turn off and restart the system Run the test again Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 159 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 802 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test Turn off and restart the system canceled the end Run the test again address in 3 Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled in the Setup the E820 utility function is 4 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level less than The installed firmware level is
18. Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the memory diagnostics to identify the specific failing DIMM If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 163 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 202 802 xxx Component Memory Test Memory Stress Test State Failed Description General error memory size is insufficient to run the test Action a Make sure that all memory is enabled by checking the Available System Memory in the Resource Utilization section of the DSA event log If necessary enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 3 Run
19. a a a ee eee ee ee ee 188 Tape alert flags eo eek te gh ow OR ee aly ye we we 2 a 4 NA Recovering the server firmware ios At i BS cal om emo oR Se ee ap UZ Automatic boot failure recovery ABR 174 Nx boot failure 2 a ee ee ee 174 Solving power problems mon be oe eR be HS Eo f a ve WD Solving Ethernet controller problems oa Roem wl Bae ob we amp ao 2176 Solving undetermined problems 2 2 177 Problem determination tips 2 ee eee ee ee 178 Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server 2 179 Customer replaceable units eS eA a es oe ae a O Consumable and structural parts 187 PowercordS a s ioon e s amp amp be 2 G a ew e bw ge 2 Ge a a amp 188 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 191 Installation guidelines oe ae a we om ee ar ae a ot HOT System reliability guidelines e g amp es Bogs bh a gt Ge ae gfe 192 Working inside the server with the power O s e ee ee a s a s a 4 198 Handling static sensitive devices 2a a a a aa aaa a 193 Returning a device or component 2 aa 194 Internal cable routing and connectors aa aaa a 194 General ee oe eh op a a we aoe 2 194 2 5 inch hard disk drive cable connection ook woe amp Fw e bb wo 199 3 5 inch hard disk drive cable connection tah ie ce at ee lt x 203 Removing and replacing cons
20. e The server hangs and you must manually restart the server for the server to attempt POST again After a specified number of consecutive attempts automatic or manual the Nx boot failure feature causes the server to revert to the default UEFI configuration and start the Setup utility so that you can make the necessary corrections to the configuration and restart the server If the server is unable to successfully complete POST with the default configuration there might be a problem with the system board To specify the number of consecutive restart attempts that will trigger the Nx boot failure feature in the Setup utility click Settings gt POST Attempt Limit The available options are 3 6 9 and 255 disable Nx boot failure 174 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Solving power problems Power problems can be difficult to solve For example a short circuit can exist anywhere on any of the power distribution buses Usually a short circuit will cause the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition To diagnose a power problem use the following general procedure 1 2 Turn off the server and disconnect all ac power cords Check for loose cables in the power subsystem Also check for short circuits for example if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board Check the LEDs on the operator information panel see Light path diagnostics on
21. 4 From the Operating system menu select your operating system and then click Search to display the available drivers 5 Download the latest version of drivers Emulex iSCSI Device Driver for Windows 2008 Emulex FCoE Device Driver for Windows 2008 Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document e Port O on the Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA III can be configured as shared system management e When the server is in standby mode both ports on the Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA III function at 100M connection speed with Wake on LAN feature The server supports Emulex dual port 1OGbE SFP Embedded VFA III adapter You can purchase a dual port network adapter to add two additional network ports in the server To order a dual port network adapter option contact your IBM marketing representative or authorized reseller The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install an adapter e To configure network adapters complete the following steps 1 From the Setup utility main menu see Using the Setup utility on page 301 select System Settings and press Enter 2 Select Network and press Enter 3 From the Network Device List select one network adapter Note You might need to enter each item displaying MAC address to see
22. 66 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010c 2001 xxxx 806f010c 2002xxxx 806f010c 2003xxxx 806f010c 2004xxxx 806f010c 2005xxxx 806f010c 2006xxxx 806f010c 2007xxxx 806f010c 2008xxxx 806f010c 2009xxxx 806f010c 200axxxx 806f010c 200bxxxx 806f010c 200cxxxx 806f010c 200dxxxx 806f010c 200exxxx 806f010c 200fxxxx 806f010c 201 Oxxxx 806f010c 2011xxxx 806f010c 2012xxxx 806f010c 201 3xxxx 806f010c 201 4xxxx 806f010c 2015xxxx 806f010c 201 6xxxx 806f010c 201 7xxxx 806f010c 201 8xxxx Memory uncorrectable error detected for Memory DIMM n Status n DIMM number Error A memory uncorrectable error has occurred Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing al for memory population If the problem follows the DIMM replace the failing DIMM see DIMM on page 250 and page 250 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the
23. HEHA qgan O 5 E S amp S Em Y HH Q 18 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide System board switches and jumpers The following illustration shows the location and description of the switches and jumpers Note If there is a clear protective sticker on the top of the switch blocks you must remove and discard it to access the switches The default positions for the UEFI and the IMM recovery jumpers are pins 1 and 2 a i _ r TU TUT FT i TY il UEFI boot backup ll 8 fi jumper JP2 i CMOS clear _ jumper JP1 gt a oooo000n0n Jy lancet il a System TPM physical presence jumper JP20
24. MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted the IMM returned an incorrect response length Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 140 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number 166 802 xxx Component IMM Tes
25. Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20a 1 gt _ Statement 8 AA CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician 260 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power supply filler panel lt 2 gt Hot swap power supply 2 Attention During normal operation each power supply bay must contain either a power supply or power supply filler for proper cooling To install a power supply complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the hot swap power supply to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the power supply from the package and place it on a static protective surface 3 If you are adding a power supply to the server at
26. Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0207 0301 xxxx 806f0207 0302xxxx The Processor CPU n Status has Failed with BIST condition n microprocessor number Error A processor failed BIST condition has occurred Make sure that the fans are operating There are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and the server cover is installed and completely closed Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor nis installed correctly Trained technician only Replace microprocessor n see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on n microprocessor number 806f0507 0301 xxxx 806f0507 0302xxxx The Processor CPU n Status has a Configuration Mismatch n microprocessor number Error A processor configuration mismatch has occurred 1 Check the CPU LED See more information about the CPU LED in Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster s
27. If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number 166 810 xxx Component IMM Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C test aborted request data length is invalid Action iF Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 166 811 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted request data field length limit is exceeded ar Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must dis
28. n fan number has asserted 1 n Make sure that the connectors on fan n are not damaged Make sure that the fan n connectors on the system board are not damaged Make sure that the fans are correctly installed Reseat the fans Replace the fans see lon page 257 and Installing_ al fan number Chapter 3 Diagnostics 51 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem 800b050a 1e81xxxx 800b050a 1 e82xxxx Fan Zone n insufficient resources has asserted n fan number Error There is no redundancy and insufficient to continue operation 1 Make sure that the connectors on fan n are not damaged 2 Make sure that the fan n connectors on the system board are not damaged 3 Make sure that the fans are correctly installed 4 Reseat the fans Replace the fans see on page 257 and Installing al i n fan number 80070204 0a01 xxxx 80070204 0a02xxxx Sensor PS n Fan Fault has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n power supply number Error A sensor has changed to Critical state from a less severe state 1 Make sure that there are no obstructions
29. problems continued ServerGuide 122 software 123 undetermined 177 USB port 124 video 110 124 publications 5 PXE boot protocol Setting 311 R rack installation instructions 5 RAID array creating 313 rank sparing DIMM population sequence 255 rank sparing mode 255 recovering server firmware 172 recovery automatic boot failure ABR 174 remind button 12 128 remote battery holder ServeRAID SAS controller removing 235 remote battery ServeRAID adapter installing 232 272 removing 231 remote optional battery holder ServeRAID SAS controller removing 208 remote optional battery ServeRAID adapter removing 271 remote presence feature using 309 removing 240 VA safety cover 211 battery 273 bezel 210 CD RW DVD drive 244 cover 205 DIMM 250 DIMM air baffle 206 dual motor hot swap fan 257 dual port network adapter 224 DVD drive cable 245 fan bracket 213 hard disk drive 236 238 heat sink 279 heat sink retention module 289 hot swap ac power supply 259 hot swap dc power supply 262 microprocessor 279 operator information panel 277 optional ServeRAID adapter remote battery 271 optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder 208 PCI adapter 221 PCI riser card 218 SAS hard disk drive backplane 240 SAS hard disk drive backplate 242 ServeRAID adapter remote battery 231 ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder 235 Index 335 removing continued ServeRAID upgrade adapter 229 system board 290 tape drive 247 USB hypervisor
30. 80010b01 1402xxxx Temp going high upper non recoverable has asserted n microprocessor number non recoverable sensor going high has asserted that nothing is blocking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 48 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010701 1403xxxx Numeric sensor Warning An upper 1 Reduce the ambient temperature DIMM AB VR Temp non critical sensor 2 Check th irti Mak going high upper going high has th fe ei a ae a pra non critical has asserted aO OS E Se IAE A O coming into or preventing the air asserted 7 from exiting the server 80010901 1403xxxx Sensor DIMM AB VR Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high sensor going high 3 upper critical has has asserted ax NECK me Saa Arow Make 2S that nothing is blocking the air from asserted HRN i coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 1403xxxx Sensor DIMM AB VR Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Temp going high non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air fr
31. Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Brazil Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Japan Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Taiwan United States of America Venezuela 39M5081 110 120 V Antigua and Barbuda Aruba Bahamas Barbados Belize Bermuda Bolivia Caicos Islands Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Jamaica Mexico Micronesia Federal States of Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia Thailand Taiwan United States of America Venezuela 39M5219 Korea Democratic People s Republic of Korea Republic of 39M5199 Japan Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server 189 190 IBM power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5068 Argentina Paraguay Uruguay 39M5226 India 39M5233 Brazil IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components The types of replaceable components are e Consumables Purchase and replacement of consumables components such as batteries and printer cartridges that have depleting life is your responsibility If IBM acquires or ins
32. Installing a memory module The following notes describe the types of DIMMs that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install DIMMs When you install or remove DIMMs the server configuration information changes When you restart the server the system displays a message that indicates that the memory configuration has changed The server supports industry standard double data rate 3 DDR3 1066 1333 or 1600 MHz PC3 6400 PC3 8500 PC3 10600 or PC3 12800 registered or unbuffered synchronous dynamic random access memory SDRAM dual inline memory modules DIMMs with error correcting code ECC See http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us for a list of supported memory modules for the server The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM in the following format 250 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide ggggg eRxff PC3v wwwwwm aa bb ccd where ggggg is the total capacity of the DIMM for example 1GB 2GB or 4GB eR is the number of ranks 1R single rank 2R dual rank 4R quad rank xff is the device organization bit width x4 x4 organization 4 DQ lines per SDRAM x8 x8 organization x16 x16 organization vis the SDRAM and support component supply voltage VDD Blank 1 5 V specified L 1 35 V specified 1 5 V operable Note Values for these voltages are specified which means the device char
33. Run the test again Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or Write Test broken connections or damage to the cable Replace Self Test the cable if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages and actions 5 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For apply to all the latest level of DSA code go to three tests http www ilbm com sup port docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 6 Run the test again 7 For additional troubleshooting information go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 8 Run the test again 9 Replace the DVD drive 10 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 215 904 xxx Optical Drive Verify Failed A read 1 Insert a CD DVD into the DVD drive or try a new media Media eI Or d and wait for 15 seconds occurred Installed Run the test again E Read Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken Write Test connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable Self Test if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages M a i and actions 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to apply to all http www ibm com support three tests docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting info
34. Strike boot failure has occurred The system has booted with default UEFI settings POST failure has occurred System booted with default settings Undo any recent system changes such as new settings or newly installed devices Make sure that the server is attached to a reliable power source Remove all hardware that is not listed on the ServerProven web site at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Update the firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 for more information Make sure that the operating system is not corrupted Run the Setup utility save the configuration and then restart the server Trained technician only If the problem remains replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page W 3058009 W 3058009 DRIVER HEALTH PROTOCOL Missing Configuraiton Requires Change Settings From F1 DRIVER HEALTH PROTOCOL Missing Configuration Requires Change Settings From Fi Select System Settings gt Settings gt Driver Health Status List and find a driver controller reporting configuration required status Search for the driver menu from System Settings and change the settings appropriately Save the settings and restart the system 43 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are liste
35. When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the error logs 3 Select System Event Logs and use one of the following procedures e To view the POST error log select POST Event Viewers e To view the IMM2 system event log select System Event Log Viewing event logs without restarting the server If the server is not hung methods are available for you to view one or more event logs without having to restart the server If you have installed Dynamic System Analysis DSA Portable you can use it to view the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM2 event log as the ASM event log the operating system event logs or the merged DSA log You can also use DSA Preboot to view these logs although you must restart the server to use DSA Preboot To install DSA Portable or DSA Preboot or to download a DSA Preboot CD image go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp Indocid SERV DSA If IPMItool is installed in the server you can use it to view the system event log Most recent versions of the Linux operating system come with a current version of IPMItool For an overview of IPMI go to http www ibm com developerworks linux blueprints and click Using Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI on IBM Linux platforms You can view the IMM2 system event
36. all external cables Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel on the light path diagnostics panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board then see Chapter 3 Diagnostics on page 25 for information about how to solve the problem 3 Remove the filler panel from the empty drive bay 4 Touch the static protective package that contains the drive to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the drive from the package and place it on a static protective surface 5 Install the hard disk drive in the drive bay a Grasp the black drive handle and slide the blue release latch to the right and align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay b Gently push the drive into the bay until the drive stops 6 Reinstall the drive bay filler panel that you removed earlier 7 If you are installing additional simple swap hard disk drives do so now 8 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server After you replace a failed hard disk drive the green activity LED flashes as the disk spins up The yellow LED turns off after approximately 1 minute If the new drive starts to rebuild the yellow LED flashes slowly and the green activity LED r
37. docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 139 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 901 xxx CPU CPU Stress Test Failed Test failure en Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 801 xxx
38. e Environmental monitor with fan speed control for temperature voltages fan failure and power supply failure e DIMM error assistance The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI disables a failing DIMM that is detected during POST and the IMM2 lights the associated system error LED and the failing DIMM error LED e System event log SEL e ROM based IMM2 firmware flash updates e Auto Boot Failure Recovery ABR e Nonmaskable interrupt NMI detection and reporting Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 307 Automatic Server Restart ASR when POST is not complete or the operating system hangs and the operating system watchdog timer times out The IMM2 might be configured to watch for the operating system watchdog timer and reboot the system after a timeout if the ASR feature is enabled Otherwise the IMM2 allows the administrator to generate a nonmaskable interrupt NMI by pressing an NMI button on the system board for an operating system memory dump ASR is supported by IPMI Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI Specification V2 0 and Intelligent Platform Management Bus IPMB support Invalid system configuration CNFG LED support Serial over LAN SOL PECI 2 support Power reset control power on hard and soft shutdown hard and soft reset schedule power control Alerts in band and out of band alerting PET traps IPMI style SNMP e mail Operating system failure blue scre
39. hints tips and Message number 166 822 xxx Component IMM Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C test aborted the destination is unavailable Action iF Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 823 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted cannot execute the command insufficient privilege level ers Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the IMM firmwa
40. incorrectly seated adapters You might be able to solve the problem by turning off the server reconnecting cables reseating adapters and turning the server back on For information about performing the checkout procedure see Checkout procedure on page 101 For information about configuring the server see Configuring the server on page 298 6 See controller and management software documentation 2 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide If the problem is associated with a specific function for example if a RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array see the documentation for the associated controller and management or controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured Problem determination information is available for many devices such as RAID and network adapters For problems with operating systems or IBM software or devices go to http www ibm com supportportal 7 Check for troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips Troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips document known problems and suggested solutions To search for troubleshooting procedures and RETAIN tips go to http www ibm com supportportal 8 Use the troubleshooting tables See Troubleshooting tables on page 103 to find a solution to a problem that has Identifiable symptoms A single problem might cause multiple symptoms Follow the troublesho
41. on Microprocessor mes sages 8007021b 0301xxxx Sensor CPU n QPI Error A sensor has 1 Remove microprocessor 8007021b 0302xxxx link error has changed to critical Check inicion i ketdin transitioned to critical state from a less a cop ie hee pins from a less severe severe state any ramage Or cOmaAneg o state bending replace the system board n microprocessor 3 Check microprocessor damage number replace microprocessor 806f0007 0301xxxx The Processor CPU Error A processor failed 806f0007 0302xxxx n Status has Failed with IERR n microprocessor number IERR condition has occurred k Make sure that the latest levels of firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 2 Update the firmware UEFI and IMM to the latest level the firmware on page 297 Run the DSA program Reseat the adapter Replace the adapter oa rw Trained technician only Replace microprocessor n 7 Trained technician only Replace the system board n microprocessor number 60 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 er
42. on page 298 for information about enabling the hypervisor memory key o Stretching a PCI riser card assembly Note Itis not necessary to capture adaptor card with the full length adaptor bracket when installing half length adaptor cards If you are installing a full length adapter in the upper riser card PCI slot you must first stretch the PCI riser card assembly Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 217 To stretch the riser card assembly complete the following steps 1 Orient the riser card assembly as shown 2 Rotate the thumb screw E which is close by the PCI slot end counterclockwise and lengthen the PCI riser card assembly H 3 Fasten the thumbscrew 4 Return to Installing a PCI riser card assembly on page 219 or Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 as applicable Shrinking a PCI riser card assembly for half length adapters If you are removing a full length adapter in the upper riser card PCI slot and will replace it with a shorter adapter or no adapter you must shrink the full length PCI riser card assembly To shrink the full length PCI riser card assembly complete the following steps 1 Rotate the thumb screw E which is far from the PCI slot end counterclockwise and shorten the PCI riser card assembly H 2 Fasten the thumbscrew 3 Return to Installing a PCI riser card assembly on page 219jor Installing a PCI adapter in a
43. other information that you must consider when you install an adapter e To configure network adapters complete the following steps 1 3 From the Setup utility main menu see Using the Setup utility on page 301 select System Settings gt Network From the Network Device List select one network adapter Note You might need to enter each item displaying MAC address to see detailed information Press Enter to configure the network adapter settings e To convert the NIC ISCSI FCoE for Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA III complete the following steps 1 From the Setup utility main menu see Using the Setup utility on page 301 select System Settings and press Enter Select Network and press Enter From the Network Device List select Emulex network adapter Note You might need to enter each item displaying MAC address to see detailed information Press Enter to configure Emulex network adapter select Personality and press Enter to change the settings NIC iSCSI enabled after FoD installed FCoE enabled after FoD installed e To download the latest version of drivers for iSCSI and FCoE from the IBM website complete the following steps 1 Go to http www ibm com support fixcentral 2 From the Product support select System x Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 225 3 From the Product family menu select System x3650 M4 and your machine type
44. overwrite existing entries therefore you must periodically clear the system event log through the Setup utility When you are troubleshooting an error be sure to clear the system event log so that you can find current errors more easily Each system event log entry is displayed on its own page Messages are listed on the left side of the screen and details about the selected message are displayed on the right side of the screen To move from one entry to the next use the Up Arrow 1 and Down Arrow 4 keys The system event log indicates an assertion event when an event has occurred It indicates a deassertion event when the event is no longer occurring e Integrated management module II IMM2 event log This log contains a filtered subset of all IMM2 POST and system management interrupt SMI events You can view the IMM2 event log through the IMM2 web interface and through the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program as the ASM event log e DSA log This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis DSA program and it is a chronologically ordered merge of the system event log as the IPMI event log the IMM2 chassis event log as the ASM event log and the operating system event logs You can view the DSA log through the DSA program Viewing event logs from the Setup utility To view the error logs complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server 26 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 2
45. remove the power supply filler from the power supply bay Power supply filler panel lt 2 gt 9 37 Hot swap power supply 2 6 Grasp the handle on the rear of the power supply and slide the power supply forward into the power supply bay until it clicks Make sure that the power supply connects firmly into the power supply connector 270 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 10 11 12 Route the power cord through the handle and cable tie if any so that it does not accidentally become unplugged Connect the other ends of the dc power cable to the dc power source Cut the wires to the correct length but do not cut them shorter than 150 mm 6 inch If the power source requires ring terminals you must use a crimping tool to install the ring terminals to the power cord wires The ring terminals must be UL approved and must accommodate the wires that are described in note 266 The minimum nominal thread diameter of a pillar or stud type of terminal must be 4 mm for a screw type of terminal the diameter must be 5 0 mm Turn on the circuit breaker for the dc power source to which the new power supply is connected Make sure that the green power LEDs on the power supply are lit indicating that the power supply is operating correctly If you are replacing a power supply with one of a different wattage in the server apply the new power information label provided over the existing power i
46. such as bundled cables to the airflow from the power supply fan 2 Replace power supply n n power supply number Power messages 80010902 0701 xxxx Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going high upper critical has asserted Error An upper critical sensor going high has asserted Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 80010202 0701 xxxx Numeric sensor Planar 3 3V going low lower critical has asserted Error A lower critical sensor going low has asserted Removing the system board on page 290 and 80010902 0701 xxxx Numeric sensor Planar 5V going high upper critical has asserted Error An upper critical sensor going high has asserted Removing the system board on page 290 and 80010202 0701 xxxx 80010902 0701 xxxx Numeric sensor Planar 5V going low lower critical has asserted Numeric sensor Planar 12V going high upper critical has asserted Error Error A lower critical sensor going low has asserted An upper critical sensor going high has asserted Removing the system board on page 290 and 1 Check power supply n LED 2 Remove the failing power supply 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board n power supply number 52 IB
47. you must turn off the server before you perform any steps that involve removing or installing adapter cables and you must disconnect the power source before you perform any steps that involve removing or installing riser cards Blue on a component indicates touch points where you can grip the component to remove it from or install it in the server open or close a latch and so on Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates that the component can be hot swapped which means that if the server and operating system support hot swap capability you can remove or install the component while the server is running Orange can also indicate touch points on hot swap components See the instructions for removing or installing a specific hot swap component for any additional procedures that you might have to perform before you remove or install the component When you are finished working on the server reinstall all safety shields guards labels and ground wires System reliability guidelines To help ensure proper cooling and system reliability make sure that the following requirements are met 192 Each of the drive bays has a drive or a filler panel and electromagnetic compatibility EMC shield installed in it If the server has redundant power each of the power supply bays has a power supply installed in it There is adequate space around the server to allow the server cooling system to work properly
48. 1 Features and specifications continued Electrical input with hot swap ac power supplies e Sine wave input 50 60 Hz required e Input voltage range automatically selected e Input voltage low range Minimum 100 V ac Maximum 127 V ac e Input voltage high range Minimum 200 V ac Maximum 240 V ac e Input kilovolt amperes kVA approximately Minimum 0 14 kVA Maximum 1 022 kVA Notes 1 Power consumption and heat output vary depending on the number and type of optional features installed and the power management optional features in use 2 The noise emission level stated is the declared upper limit sound power level in bels for a random sample of machines All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO 9296 Environment compliant with ASHRAE class A3 specifications Server on Temperature 5 C to 40 C 41 F to 104 F Altitude 0 to 950 m 3 117 ft decrease the maximum system temperature by 1 C for every 175 m increase in altitude e Maximum altitude 3 050 m 10 000 ft 5 C to 28 C 41 F to 82 F Attention Intel E5 2690 with heat sink part number 94Y6695 and standard PCle Temperature 5 C to 35 C 41 F to 95 F Altitude 0 to 304 8 m 1 000 ft Intel E5 2690 with heat sink part number 94Y6695 and GPU Temperature 5 C to 30 C 41 F to 86 F Altitude 0 to 304 8 m 1 000 ft Intel E5 2690
49. 11 12 Close the media tray and wait 15 seconds Run the test again Insert a new CD DVD into the drive and wait for 15 seconds for the media to be recognized Run the test again Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http Awww ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Run the test again For additional troubleshooting information go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 Run the test again Replace the CD DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 165 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Messag
50. 175 if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit The server does not turn off 2 Determine whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI or a non ACPI operating system If you are using a non ACPI operating system complete the following steps a Press Ctrl Alt Delete b Turn off the server by pressing the power control button and hold it down for 5 seconds c Restart the server d If the server fails POST and the power control button does not work disconnect the power cord for 20 seconds then reconnect the power cord and restart the server If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPl aware operating system suspect the system board The server unexpectedly shuts down and the LEDs on the operator information panel are not lit See Solving undetermined problems on page 177 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 121 Serial device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to
51. 6 until all the new or replacement DIMMs are installed IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 8 9 10 11 12 13 Replace the air baffle over the DIMMs see Installing the air baffle on page B09 making sure all cables are out of the way Replace the PCI riser card assemblies see Installing a PCI riser card assembly on page 219 if you removed them Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Go to the Setup utility and make sure all the installed DIMMs are present and enabled Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan Attention To ensure proper server operation and cooling if you remove a dual motor hot swap fan with the system running you must install a replacement dual motor hot swap fan within 30 seconds or the system will shut down To remove any of the four replaceable dual motor hot swap fans complete the following steps Vertical tabs Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Leave the server connected to power Slide the server out of the rack and remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 The LED on the system board near the connector for the failing dual motor hot swap fan will be lit
52. Action The ServerGuide program will not start the operating system CD Make sure that the operating system CD is supported by the ServerGuide program For a list of supported operating system versions go tofe anom oem click IBM Service and Suppor Site click the link for your ServerGuide version and scroll down to the list of supported Microsoft Windows operating systems The operating system cannot be installed the option is not available Make sure that the server supports the operating system If it does no logical drive is defined RAID servers Run the ServerGuide program and make sure that setup is complete Software problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action You suspect a software problem 1 To determine whether the problem is caused by the software make sure that e The server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the software For memory requirements see the information that comes with the software If you have just installed an adapter or memo
53. Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action Unable to wake the server using 4 If you are using the dual port network adapter and the server is connected to the Wake on LAN feature the network using Ethernet 5 connector check the system error log or IMM2 system event log see Event logs on page 26 make sure a The room temperature is not too high see Features and specifications on page 7 b The air vents are not blocked c The air baffle is installed securely 2 Reseat the dual port network adapter see Removing the optional dual port network adapter on page 224 and Installing the optional dual port network adapter on page 225 3 Turn off the server and disconnect it from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 4 If the problem still remains replace the dual port network adapter Log in failed by using LDAP Make sure the license key is valid account with SSL enabled po Generate a new license key and log in again Optional device problems Follow the suggested actions in the order i
54. Attention To ensure proper system cooling do not remove the top cover for more than 30 minutes during this procedure Grasp the dual motor hot swap fan by the finger grips on the sides of the dual motor hot swap fan Rotate the air baffle up Lift the dual motor hot swap fan out of the server Replace the dual motor hot swap fan within 30 seconds Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 257 8 If you are instructed to return the dual motor hot swap fan follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan For proper cooling the server requires that all four dual motor hot swap fans be installed at all times Attention To ensure proper server operation if a dual motor hot swap fan fails replace it immediately Have a replacement dual motor hot swap fan ready to install as soon as you remove the failed dual motor hot swap fan See System board internal connectors on page 17 for the locations of the dual motor hot swap fan connectors To install any of the four replaceable fans complete the following steps Vertical tabs 1 Rotate the air baffle up 2 Orient the new dual motor hot swap fan over its position in the dual motor hot swap fan bracket so that the connector on the bottom aligns with the dual motor hot swap fan connector on the system board 3 Align the vertical tabs on the dual motor hot swa
55. CONFIG LINK Ag Remind MEM CPU KM mmm TEMP Fan ge BoarnD Hoo O Heset O Light Path Diagnostics Chapter 3 Diagnostics 127 Note any LEDs that are lit and then reinstall the light path diagnostics panel in the server Look at the system service label inside the server cover which gives an overview of internal components that correspond to the LEDs on the light path diagnostics panel This information and the information in Light path diagnostics on page 124 can often provide enough information to diagnose the error 3 Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs Certain components inside the server have LEDs that are lit to indicate the location of a problem The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board System Error LED Locator LED Power LED Da Enclosure management heartbeat LED a _Imm2 heartbeat in LED Standby power LED 10G Ethern
56. DIMM connector check the DIMM connector Remove any foreign material on the DIMM connector if found If the connector is damaged replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 6 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found or the microprocessor is an upgrade part replace the system board 7 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 8 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board onl page 290 and jon page 292 36 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action W 58007 W 58007 Invalid Unsupported DIMM Note Each tim
57. DSA click Firmware VPD to view system firmware levels or click Software to view operating system levels 2 Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level To display a list of available updates for the blade server go to http www ibm com support fixcentral When you click an update an information page is displayed including a list of the problems that the update fixes Review this list for your specific problem however even if your problem is not listed installing the update might solve the problem 5 Check for and correct an incorrect configuration If the server is incorrectly configured a system function can fail to work when you enable it if you make an incorrect change to the server configuration a system function that has been enabled can stop working a Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported See http Awww ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us to verify that the server supports the installed operating system optional devices and software levels If any hardware or software component is not supported uninstall it to determine whether it is causing the problem You must remove nonsupported hardware before you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for support b Make sure that the server operating system and software are installed and configured correctly Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables or
58. DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test State Description Action 166 820 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMMI2C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted a to reset the IMM command response After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power could not source and turn on the system be 3 Run the test again provided Make sure that the DSA code and IMM firmware are at igi the latest level i firmware 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level update The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event mode log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 166 821
59. E5 2640 2 50 GHz 15 MB 95 W 6 81Y5166 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2650 2 00 GHz 20 MB 95 W 81Y5167 8 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2660 2 20 GHz 20 MB 95 W 8 81Y5168 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2680 2 70 GHz 20 MB 130 W 8 81Y5169 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2667 2 90 GHz 15 MB 130 W 6 81Y5170 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2643 3 30 GHz 10 MB 130 W 81Y5171 4 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2630L 2 00 GHz 15 MB 60 W 6 81Y5204 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2670 2 60 GHz 20 MB 115 W 8 81Y9419 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2648L 1 8 GHz 20 MB 70 W 8 95Y 4671 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2658 2 1 GHz 20 MB 95 W 8 core 95Y4676 Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server 181 Table 11 Parts listing Type 7915 continued CRU part CRU part number number Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 5 Heat sink retention module 94Y7739 6 Memory 8 GB dual rank 1 35V DDR3 1333MHz RDIMM 49Y1415 6 Memory 8 GB quad rank 49Y1417 6 Memory 4 GB dual rank 1 35V DDR3 1333MHz UDIMM 49Y 1422 6 Memory 2 GB single rank 1 35V DDR3 1333MHz RDIMM 49Y 1423 6 Memory 4 GB single rank 1 35V DDR3 1333MHz RDIMM 49Y 1424 6 Memory 4 GB dual rank 1 35V DDR3 1333MHz RDIMM 49Y1425 6 Memory 4 GB single rank 1 5 V DDR3 1600MHz RDIMM 49Y 1561 6
60. Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Temp going high non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air from upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 80010204 1d01xxxx Numeric sensor Fan Error A lower critical 1 Reseat the failing fan n which is 80010204 1d02xxxx n A Tach going low sensor going low indicated by a lit LED near the fan 80010204 1d03xxxx lower critical has has asserted connector on the system board 80010204 1d04xxxx asserted 2 Repl the failing f 80010204 1d05xxxx n fan number i ace we gt an a i 80010204 1d06xxxx emoving aa ot swap dual moto hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a hot swap dual moto hot swap fan on page 258 n fan number 80010204 1d01xxxx Numeric sensor Fan Error A lower critical 1 Reseat the failing fan n which is 80010204 1d02xxxx n B Tach going low sensor going low indicated by a lit LED near the fan 80010204 1d03xxxx lower critical has has asserted connector on the system board 80010204 1d04xxxx asserted 2 Repl the failing f 80010204 1d05xxxx n fan number re ace ie gt T n F i 80010204 1d06xxxx emoving a ot swap dual moto hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a hot swap dual moto hot swap fan on page 258 n fan number 800b010a 1e81xxxx Fan Zone n Error Redundancy lost 800b010a 1e82xxxx redundancy lost has asserted
61. Firmware Update Package Service Pack e Out of band method Use the IMM Web Interface to update the firmware using the latest server firmware update package Note You can obtain a server firmware update package from one of the following sources e Download the server firmware update from the World Wide Web e Contact your IBM service representative To download the server firmware update package from the World Wide Web complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www ibm com systems support 2 Under Product support click System x 3 Under Popular links click Software and device drivers 4 Click System x3650 M4 to display the matrix of downloadable files for the server 5 Download the latest server firmware update The flash memory of the server consists of a primary bank and a backup bank It is essential that you maintain the backup bank with a bootable firmware image If the primary bank becomes corrupted you can either manually boot the backup bank with the boot block jumper or in the case of image corruption this will occur automatically with the Automated Boot Recovery function In band manual recovery method To recover the server firmware and restore the server operation to the primary bank complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on p
62. IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you IBM the IBM logo and ibm com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both If these and other IBM trademarked terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with a trademark symbol or these symbols indicate U S registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was published Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at Copyright and trademark information at http www ibm com legal copytrade shtml Copyright IBM Corp 2012 323 Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Cell Broadband Engine is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment Inc in the United States other countries or both and is used under license therefrom Intel Intel Xeon Itanium and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Java and all Java based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States other countries
63. Memory 16 GB dual rank 1 35V DDR3 1333MHz RDIMM 49Y 1565 6 Memory 8 GB dual rank 1 5 V DDR3 1600MHz RDIMM 90Y3111 6 Memory 4 GB dual rank 1 5 V DDR3 1600MHz RDIMM 90Y3180 6 Memory 16 GB quad rank 1 5V DDR3 1333MHz LP Hyper Cloud 00D4966 DIMM 6 Memory 16 GB dual rank 1 5 V DDR3 1600MHz RDIMM 00D4970 Memory 32 GB dual rank 1 35 V DDR3 1333MHz LRDIMM 90Y3107 Memory 32 GB single rank 1 5V DDR3 1066MHz LP Hyper Cloud 00D5006 DIMM 7 System board 00D2888 9 Power supply 550 Watt high efficiency ac 43X3312 9 Power supply 550 Watt ac 94Y8075 9 Power supply 750 Waitt high efficiency ac 69Y5747 9 Power supply 750 W ac 94Y8071 9 Power supply 750 W ac 94Y8086 9 Power supply 900 Waitt ac 94Y8067 9 Power supply 900 Waitt ac 94Y8073 9 Power supply 900 Waitt ac 94Y8087 9 Power supply 750 W high efficiency 48 V dc 69Y5742 10 DVD drive SATA 44W3254 10 DVD drive SATA 44W3256 11 Operator information panel assembly 90Y5821 Filler 3 5 inch hard disk drive bay for hot swap 69Y5364 Filler 3 5 inch hard disk drive bay for simple swap 69Y5368 14 Filler hard disk drive bay for simple swap 49Y5360 15 Tape kit optional contains 40K6449 e Assembly mechanical 1 e Clamp round cable 1 e Filler tape kit 3 5 inch 1 e Screws M3x6 MPC 4 Plus 8 pac 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane assembly 90Y5875 182 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 11 Parts listing
64. Message number 215 801 xxx Component Optical Drive Test e Verify Media Installed e Read Write Test Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests State Aborted Description Action Unable to 1 communicate with the device driver Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Run the test again Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable if it is damaged Run the test again For additional troubleshooting information go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1 MIGR 41559 Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again Replace the DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 215 802 xxx Optical Drive e Verify Media Installed e Read Write Test Self Test Messages and actions apply to all three tests Aborted The media tray is open 10
65. PCI riser card assembly on page 222 as applicable Removing a PCI riser card assembly The server comes with one riser card assembly that contains two to three PCI slots See http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us for a list of riser card assemblies that you can use with the server To remove a riser card assembly complete the following steps 218 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide t PCI riser card 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Slide the server out of the rack Remove the server cover see Removing the cover on page 205 5 Grasp the riser card assembly at the front tab and rear edge and lift it to remove it from the server Place the riser card assembly on a flat static protective surface gt Installing a PCI riser card assembly The server provides two PCI riser card slots on the system board The following information indicates the riser card slots e Standard models of the server come with one PCI Express riser card assembly installed If you want to replace them with PCI X riser card assemblies you must order the PCI X riser card assembly option which includes the bracket e A PCI Express riser card assembly has a black connector and supports PCI Express adapters
66. Table 12 Consumable and structural parts Type 7915 continued Index Description Part number Battery holder 94Y7609 To order a consumable or structural part complete the following steps Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document 1 Go to http www ibm com 2 From the Products menu select Upgrades accessories amp parts 3 Click Obtain maintenance parts then follow the instructions to order the part from the retail store If you need help with your order call the toll free number that is listed on the retail parts page or contact your local IBM representative for assistance Power cords For your safety IBM provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to use with this IBM product To avoid electrical shock always use the power cord and plug with a properly grounded outlet IBM power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA For units intended to be operated at 115 volts Use a UL listed and CSA certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 125 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts U S use Use a UL listed and CSA certified co
67. VA safety cover To remove the 240 VA safety cover complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables Pull the server out of the rack Remove the server cover see Removing the cover on page 205 of ON Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 211 Safety cover KO 6 Remove the screw from the safety cover 7 Disconnect the hard disk drive backplane power cables from the connector in front of the safety cover 8 Slide the cover forward to disengage it from the system board and then lift it out of the server 9 If you are instructed to return the 240 VA safety cover follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the 240 VA safety cover To install the 240 VA safety cover complete the following steps Screw Safety cover we 212 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing and 1 Line up and insert the tabs on the bottom of the safety cover into the slots on the system board 2 Slide the safety cover toward the back of the server until it is secure Connect the hard disk drive backplane power cables to the connector in front of the safety cover Install the screw into the safety cover Install the server cover see Installing the
68. Webbios reset to factory defaults Turn off AC power supply For more information about the MegaRAID go to http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid MIGR 5073015 To 1 w remove an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter complete the following steps Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Disconnect the supercap cable from the battery Supercab cable j l ServeRAID upgrade adapter e Ra i oa SS Wi Remove the ServeRAID upgrade adapter and the three pegs from the system board Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 229 ServeRAID upgrade adapter RAID upgrade connector Supercab cable ServeRAID upgrade a 7 If you are instructed to return the feature key follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter To install an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 4 Connect the supercap cable to the ServeRAID
69. air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Check the ambient temperature You must be operating within the specifications see specifications on page 7 for more information Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed microprocessor and heat sink on age 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 n microprocessor number 64 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0813 2584xxxx An Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor CPUs Check the system event log Trained technician only Remove the failing microprocessor from the system board see Removing a page 279 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution be
70. air from exiting the server 80010b01 1406xxxx Sensor DIMM GH VR Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Temp going high non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air from upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 80010701 2d01xxxx Numeric sensor PCH Warning An upper Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high upper non critical has asserted non critical sensor going high has asserted 2 Check the server airflow Make sure that nothing is blocking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010901 2d01xxxx Numeric sensor PCH Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high sensor going high A upper critical has has asserted ey eek the aa allow Make aue that nothing is blocking the air from asserted ae coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 2d01xxxx Numeric sensor PCH Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Temp going high non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air from upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 81010701 2d01xxxx Numeric sensor PCH Info An upper No action information only Temp going high non critical sensor upper non critical going high has has deasserted deasserted 81010
71. and a PCI X riser card assembly has a white light in color connector and supports PCI X adapters e PCI riser slot 1 the farthest slot from the power supplies You must install a PCI riser card assembly in slot 1 with microprocessor 1 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 219 220 e PCI riser slot 2 the closest slot to the power supplies You must install a PCI riser card assembly in slot 2 with microprocessor 2 To install a riser card assembly complete the following steps PCI riser card a assembly 2 PCI riser card assembly 1 DS 1 Reinstall any adapters and reconnect any internal cables you might have removed in other procedures see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 2 Align the PCI riser card assembly with the selected PCI connector on the system board e PCI connector 1 Carefully fit the two alignment slots on the side of the assembly onto the two alignment brackets in the side of the chassis e PCI connector 2 Carefully align the bottom edge the contact edge of the riser card assembly with the riser card connector on the system board 3 Press down on the assembly Make sure that the riser card assembly is fully seated in the riser card connector on the system board 4 Install the server cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack 6 Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral de
72. are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Make sure that ambient temperature is within the specifications 3 Ifa fan has failed complete the action for a fan failure 4 Replace DIMM n n DIMM number 800b010c 2581 xxxx Backup Memory redundancy lost has asserted Error Redundancy has been lost 1 Check the system event log for DIMM failure events uncorrectable or PFA and correct the failures 2 Re enable mirroring in the Setup utility Chapter 3 Diagnostics 77 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 800b030c 2581 xxxx Backup Memory Warning There is no Check the system event log for sufficient resources redundancy The DIMM failure events uncorrectable from redundancy state has been or PFA and correct the failures degraded has transitioned from Re enable mirroring in the Set asserted redundancy to a a aaa a utility sufficient resources 800b050c 2581xxxx Backup Memory Error There is no Check the system event log for insufficient resources redundancy and DIMM
73. be available or some specifications might not apply Table 1 Features and specifications Microprocessor e Supports up to two Intel Xeon E5 2600 series multi core microprocessors one installed e Level 3 cache Two QuickPath Interconnect QPI links speed up to 8 GT per second Note e Use the Setup utility to determine the type and speed of the microprocessors For a list of supported microprocessors see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us Memory e Minimum 2 GB Maximum 768 GB 64 GB using Unbuffered DIMMs UDIMMs 384 GB using Registered DIMMs RDIMMs 768 GB using Hyper Cloud DIMMs HCDIMMs 768 GB using Load Reduced DIMMs LRDIMMs Type PC3 8500 DDR3 1066 PC3 10600 DDR3 1333 or PC3 12800 DDR3 1600 Single rank dual rank or quad rank Registered DIMM RDIMM Unbuffered DIMM UDIMM Hyper Cloud DIMMs HCDIMM or Load Reduced DIMM LRDIMM Slots 24 e Supports depending on the model 4 GB Unbuffered DIMMs 2 GB 4 GB 8 GB and 16 GB Registered DIMMs 16 GB and 32 GB Hyper Cloud DIMMs HCDIMM 32 GB Load Reduced DIMMs LRDIMM SATA optical drives optional DVD ROM e Multi burner Tape drive optional e Tape drive bay Integrated functions e Integrated Management Module II IMM2 which consolidates multiple management functions in a single chip e Intel I850AM4 Quad Port Gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake on LAN support e E
74. by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures European Union EMC Directive conformance statement This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004 108 EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility IBM cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a nonrecommended modification of the product including the fitting of no
75. cable or connector To connect the cables on the system board press evenly on the cables Pressing on one side of the cable might cause damage to the cable or connector Optional optical drive cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing and connector for the optional optical drive cable Notes 1 To disconnect the optional optical drive cable you must first press the connector release tab and then disconnect the cable from the connector on the system board Do not disconnect the cable by using excessive force Failing to disconnect the cable properly may damage the connector on the system board Any damage to the connector may require replacing the system board Follow the optical drive cable routing as the illustration shows Make sure that the cable is not pinched and does not cover any connectors or obstruct any components on the system board 194 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide il Oz 7 fo Fa OF i a e onoooonnon oooooooono nnooonnono 1 onoooon000 Optical drive connector
76. change and delete a power on password and an administrator password The User Security choice is on the full Setup utility menu only If you set only a power on password you must type the power on password to complete the system startup and to have access to the full Setup utility menu An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup utility menu If you set only an administrator password you do not have to type a password to complete the system startup but you must type the administrator password to access the Setup utility menu If you set a power on password for a user and an administrator password for a system administrator you must type the power on password to complete the system startup A system administrator who types the administrator password has access to the full Setup utility menu the system administrator can give the user authority to set change and delete the power on password A user who types the power on password has access to only the limited Setup utility menu the user can set change and delete the power on password if the system administrator has given the user that authority Power on password f a power on password is set when you turn on the server you must type the power on password to complete the system startup You can use any combination of 6 20 printable ASCII characters for the password When a power on password is set you can enable
77. com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Replace the adapters Replace the riser cards 806f0813 2582xxxx An Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor PCls N Check the system event log Check the PCI LED See more information about the PCI LED in Light path diagnostics LEDs on page 129 Remove the adapter from the indicated PCI slot Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician only Replace the system board see he system board on page 290 Installing the system board on 806f0823 2101xxxx Watchdog Timer interrupt occurred for IPMI Watchdog Info A watchdog timer interrupt has been detected No action information only 84 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem Card has been detected absent is solved If an action step is preceded b
78. cooling while the server is connected to power and the power on button LED will blink quickly Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active the power on LED will blink slowly and one or more fans might start running to provide cooling while the server is connected to power You can turn on the server by pressing the power control button The server can also be turned on in any of the following ways e If a power failure occurs while the server is turned on the server will restart automatically when power is restored e If your operating system supports the Wake on LAN feature the Wake on LAN feature can turn on the server 14 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Notes 1 When 4 GB or more of memory physical or logical is installed some memory is reserved for various system resources and is unavailable to the operating system The amount of memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system the configuration of the server and the configured PCI options 2 Ethernet 1 connector supports Wake on LAN feature 3 When you turn on the server with the graphical adapters installed the IBM logo displays on the screen after approximately 3 minutes This is normal operation while the system loads Turning off the server When you turn off the server and leave it connected to ac power the server can respond to
79. der Klasse A Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich Funk St rungen verursachen in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden angemessene Ma nahmen zu ergreifen und daf r aufzukommen Deutschland Einhaltung des Gesetzes ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten Dieses Produkt entspricht dem Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten EMVG Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz ber die elektromagnetische Vertr glichkeit von Ger ten EMVG bzw der EMC EG Richtlinie 2004 108 EG f r Ger te der Klasse A Dieses Ger t ist berechtigt in bereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EG Konformit tszeichen CE zu f hren Verantwortlich f r die Einhaltung der EMV Vorschriften ist der Hersteller International Business Machines Corp New Orchard Road Armonk New York 10504 914 499 1900 Der verantwortliche Ansprechpartner des Herstellers in der EU ist IBM Deutschland Technical Regulations Department M456 IBM Allee 1 71137 Ehningen Germany Telephone 49 7032 15 2937 E mail tjahn de ibm com Generelle Informationen Das Ger t erf llt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A Japan VCCI Class A statement 328 IOE DIZ A ARRE CT COREA RERA CHEATS EBRMSSESZHMCTCEMHOVET COMMPSICMERSD Ea RBS okak NAI IEEE VCCI A This is a Class A p
80. detailed information 4 Press Enter to configure the network adapter settings e To convert the NIC iSCSI FCoE for Emulex dual port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA Ill adapter complete the following steps 1 From the Setup utility main menu see Using the Setup utility on page 301 select System Settings and press Enter 2 Select Network and press Enter 3 From the Network Device List select Emulex network adapter Note You might need to enter each item displaying MAC address to see detailed information 4 Press Enter to configure Emulex network adapter select Personality and press Enter to change the settings NIC iSCSI enabled after FoD installed FCoE enabled after FoD installed e To download the latest version of drivers for iSCSI and FCoE from the IBM website complete the following steps 1 Go to http Awww ibm com support fixcentral 2 From the Product support select System x 226 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 3 From the Product family menu select System x3650 M4 and your machine type 4 From the Operating system menu select your operating system and then click Search to display the available drivers 5 Download the latest version of drivers Emulex iSCSI Device Driver for Windows 2008 Emulex FCoE Device Driver for Windows 2008 Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what
81. file system type that are selectable during setup Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document ServerGuide features Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program To learn more about the version that you have start the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD and view the online overview Not all features are supported on all server models The ServerGuide program requires a supported IBM server with an enabled startable bootable CD drive In addition to the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD you must have your operating system CD to install the operating system The ServerGuide program performs the following tasks e Sets system date and time e Detects the RAID adapter or controller and runs the SAS SATA RAID configuration program e Checks the microcode firmware levels of a ServeRAID adapter and determines whether a later level is available from the CD e Detects installed hardware options and provides updated device drivers for most adapters and devices e Provides diskette free installation for supported Windows operating systems e Includes an online readme file with links to tips for your hardware and operating system installation Setup and configuration overview When you use the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD you do not need setup diskettes You can use the CD to configure any su
82. firmware using the instructions that are included with the downloaded files When you replace a device in the server you might have to either update the firmware that is stored in memory on the device or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image e UEFI firmware is stored in ROM on the system board e IMM2 firmware is stored in ROM on the IMM2 on the system board e Ethernet firmware is stored in ROM on the Ethernet controller e ServeRAID firmware is stored in ROM on the ServeRAID adapter e SATA firmware is stored in ROM on the integrated SATA controller e SAS SATA firmware is stored in ROM on the SAS SATA controller on the system board Copyright IBM Corp 2012 297 Configuring the server 298 The ServerGuide program provides software setup tools and installation tools that are designed for the server Use this CD during the installation of the server to configure basic hardware features such as an integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities and to simplify the installation of your operating system For information about using this CD see Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD on page 299 In addition to the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD you can use the following configuration programs to customize the server hardware e Setup utility The Setup utility is part of the basic input output system firmware Use it to change interrupt request IRQ settings change the s
83. flashing and the yellow status LED is lit replace the drive If the activity of the LEDs remains the same go to step 5 If the activity of the LEDs changes return to step 2 5 Make sure that the hard disk drive backplane is correctly seated When it is correctly seated the drive assemblies correctly connect to the backplane without bowing or causing movement of the backplane 6 Reseat the backplane power cable and repeat steps B through 4 7 Reseat the backplane signal cable and repeat steps 2 through 4 8 Suspect the backplane signal cable or the backplane e If the server has eight hot swap bays a Replace the affected backplane signal cable b Replace the affected backplane 9 See Problem determination tips on page 178 Multiple hard disk drives fail Make sure that the hard disk drive SAS SATA adapter and server device drivers and firmware are at the latest level Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Multiple hard disk drives are 1 Review the storage subsystem logs for indications of problems within the offline storage subsystem such as backplane or cable problems 2 See Problem determination tips on page 178 A replacement hard disk drive 4 Make sure that the hard disk drive is recognized b
84. following order Look at the operator information panel on the front of the server e If the check log LED is lit it indicates that an error or multiple errors have occurred The sources of the errors cannot be isolated or concluded by observing the light path diagnostics LEDs directly A further investigation into IMM2 system event log or system error log might be required e f the system error LED is lit it indicates that an error has occurred go to step 2 on page 127 The following illustration shows the operator information panel IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power control button power on LED Ethernet Locator button icon locator LED Release latch id g O n204 Wm A 8 Ethernet Check log LED System error LED activity LEDs To view the light path diagnostics panel press the blue release latch on the operator information panel Pull forward on the panel until the hinge of the operator information panel is free of the server chassis Then pull down on the panel so that you can view the light path diagnostics panel information Operator information panel Release latch al This reveals the light path diagnostics panel Lit LEDs on this panel indicate the type of error that has occurred The following illustration shows the light path diagnostics panel p OVER AE SPEC Pcl a NMI
85. following procedures Make sure that the correct device drivers which come with the server are installed and that they are at the latest level Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly The cable must be securely attached at all connections If the cable is attached but the problem remains try a different cable If you set the Ethernet controller to operate at 100 Mbps you must use Category 5 cabling If you directly connect two servers without a hub or if you are not using a hub with X ports use a crossover cable To determine whether a hub has an X port check the port label If the label contains an X the hub has an X port Determine whether the hub supports auto negotiation If it does not try configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and duplex mode of the hub Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server These LEDs indicate whether there is a problem with the connector cable or hub The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link pulse from the hub If the LED is off there might be a defective connector or cable or a problem with the hub The Ethernet transmit receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller sends or receives data over the Ethernet network If the Ethernet transmit receive activity is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers a
86. has been detected Absent absent 806f0013 1701xxxx A front panel NMI has Error An operator No action information only occurred on system information panel 1 NMI diagnostic 1 interrupt has CIM_ComputerSystem occurred ElementName 806f0313 1701xxxx A software NMI has Error A software NMI 1 Check the device driver ae a on system has occurred 2 Reinstall the device driver 1 3 Update all device drivers to the CIM_ComputerSystem latest level ElementName 4 Update the firmware UEFI and IMM see on page 297 81030012 2301xxxx OS RealTime Mod Info Indicate whether No action information only state has asserted the system management firmware is working in the state to support the realtime OS 80070219 0701xxxx Sensor Sys Board Error A sensor has 1 Check the system event log Fault has transitioned changed to Critical 2 Check for an error LED on the to critical state from a less severe state systemhoard 3 Replace any failing device 4 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 5 Trained technician only Replace the system board see and Installing the system board on 806f020f 2201xxxx The System 1 Info A POST progress No action information only enco
87. help isolate the error This LED is the same as the system error LED on the front of the server Locator LED Use this LED to visually locate the server among other servers You can use IBM Systems Director to light this LED remotely This LED is the same as the system locator LED on the front of the server Power on LED When this LED is lit and not flashing it indicates that the server is turned on The states of the power on LED are as follows Off Power is not present or the power supply or the LED itself has failed Flashing rapidly 4 times per second The server is turned off and is not ready to be turned on The power control button is disabled This will last approximately 5 to 10 seconds Flashing slowly once per second The server is turned off and is ready to be turned on You can press the power control button to turn on the server Lit The server is turned on Server power features When the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on the operating system does not run and all core logic except for the integrated management module II IMM2 is shut down however the server can respond to requests from IMM2 such as a remote request to turn on the server The power on LED flashes to indicate that the server is connected to an ac power source but is not turned on Turning on the server Approximately 5 seconds after the server is connected to power one or more fans might start running to provide
88. host lt imm_external_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_external_ip The external IMM LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoProdIdentifier lt system model gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD _DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Examples that do use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt host lt imm_ip gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoProdIdentifier lt system model gt host lt imm_ip gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt host lt imm_ip gt asu s
89. is blocking the air from upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted n PCI slot number 806f0125 2c01xxxx The entity of Mezz Info The entity of dual port network adapter has been detected absent 1 Reseat the dual port network adapter see on page 224 and Installing the jon page 225 2 Replace the dual port network adapter 85 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0021 3001 xxxx Mezz Card Error has been detected Error A dual port network adapter fault has been detected a Check the optional network adapter error LED 2 Reseat the dual port network adapter see Removing the ion page 224 and Installing the 3 Update the firmware UEFI and IMM see and dual port network adapter driver to the latest level 4 Replace the dual port network adapter 5 Trained technicians only Replace the system board see and page 292 80070221 d001xxxx Sensor PCle configuration has transitioned to critical from a less severe state A sensor has changed to critic
90. is described in this document Port 0 on the Emulex dual port 1OGbE SFP Embedded VFA III adapter can be configured as shared system management When the server is in standby mode both ports on the Emulex dual port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA III adapter function at 100M connection speed with Wake on LAN feature The Emulex dual port 1OGbE SFP Embedded VFA III adapter is automatically disabled if one of the following errors occurs An error log indicates a temperature warning for the Ethernet adapter All power supplies are removed or the server is disconnected from the power source Go to Network connection problems on page 113 to resolve the problem To i w install the network adapter complete the following steps Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Remove the PCI riser card assembly if installed from PCI riser connector 2 see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 Remove the adapter filler panel on the rear of the chassis if it has not been removed already Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 227 Network adapter iller panel Z ged 6 Touch the static protective package that contains the new adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remov
91. latches and slide the server out of the rack enclosure until both slide rails lock then remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 4 Remove the PCI riser card assembly that contains the adapter see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 e If you are removing an adapter from PCI expansion slot 1 2 or 3 remove PCI riser card assembly 1 e If you are removing an adapter from PCI expansion slot 4 5 or 6 remove PCI riser card assembly 2 5 Disconnect any cables from the adapter make note of the cable routing in case you reinstall the adapter later Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 221 6 Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners and pull the adapter from the PCI expansion slot 7 If the adapter is a full length adapter in the upper expansion slot of the PCI riser card assembly and you do not intend to replace it with another full length adapter remove the full length adapter bracket and store it on the underside of the top of the PCI riser card assembly 8 If you are instructed to return the adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly 222 Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for t
92. latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 148 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 818 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMMI2C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted to reset the IMM cannot execute a 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power
93. memory key 216 replacement parts 179 replacing battery 275 CD RW DVD drive 245 cover 206 DIMM air baffle 208 fan bracket 215 hard disk drive 237 operator information panel 277 278 PCI adapter 222 PCI riser card 219 SAS hard disk drive backplane 240 SAS hard disk drive backplate 242 simple swap hard disk drive 238 tape drive 249 USB hypervisor memory key 217 reset button 12 129 RETAIN tips 3 retention module heat sink installing 289 returning components 194 riser card installing 219 removing 218 riser card assembly LEDs 23 location 221 RTMM heartbeat LED 136 S Safety vii safety hazards considerations viii safety statements x SAS connector internal 17 SAS hard disk drive backplane installing 240 SAS hard disk drive backplate installing 242 serial connector 12 serial port problems 122 server power features 14 turning off 15 turning on 14 server components 180 server firmware updating 282 server firmware recovering 172 server replaceable units 179 server shutdown 15 server backup firmware starting 307 ServeRAID upgrade adapter installing 230 removing 229 ServerGuide features 300 NOS installation 301 problems 122 setup 300 Setup and Installation CD 297 using 299 ServerProven 259 service request online 3 servicing electrical equipment viii Setup utility 297 298 301 menu choices 302 starting 302 using 301 shrinking PCI riser card assembly 218 shutting down the server 15 simple swap hard disk d
94. microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 for information about installation and requirements b Trained technician only Replace the failing microprocessor see heat sink on page 279 and Installing al microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 For more information go to http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 2 If the CONFIG LED and the CPU LED are lit the system issues an invalid microprocessor configuration error Complete the following steps to correct the problem a Check the microprocessors that were just installed to make sure that they are compatible with each other see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 for additional information about microprocessor requirements b Trained technician only Replace the incompatible microprocessor c Check the system error logs for information about the error Replace any component that is identified in the error log 132 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 Light path diagnostics panel LEDs continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician LED Description Action MEM When only the MEM LED
95. mismatched Model Number 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Hl 1 1800F l 1800F A processor family mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages Processors have mismatched Family Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 i Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on age 282 ge N 1 18010 1 18010 A processor stepping mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages Processors of the same model have mismatched Stepping ID Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Chec
96. of IMM the IMM2 has three levels of firmware basic standard and premium The level of IMM2 firmware in your server depends on the server platform IMM2 basic firmware provides server management through the Intelligent Platform Management Interface IPMI IMM2 standard firmware provides basic functionality plus the ability to manage servers through other user interfaces such as the web Telnet Secure Shell SSH and Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP IMM2 premium firmware provides standard functionality plus remote presence capability Some servers that come with IMM2 basic or standard firmware might have an option to upgrade the IMM2 firmware to a higher level If you add the service processor upgrade option to IMM2 basic firmware the result is IMM2 standard functionality If you add the remote presence upgrade option to IMM2 standard firmware the result is IMM2 premium functionality Note You cannot upgrade IMM2 basic firmware directly to IMM2 premium firmware by using the remote presence upgrade option You must use the service processor upgrade option to upgrade to IMM2 standard firmware and then use the remote presence upgrade option to upgrade to IMM2 premium firmware For more information about the IMM2 see the Integrated Management Module II User s Guide at http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp Ilndocid MIGR 5086346 The IMM2 supports the following basic systems management features
97. only by a trained technician 4000001b 00000000 4000001c 00000000 IMM Configuration 1 restored from a configuration file by user 2 1 CIM_ConfigurationData ConfigurationName 2 user ID Watchdog 1 Screen Capture Occurred 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog Info Error A user has restored the IMM configuration by importing a configuration file An operating system error has occurred and the screen capture was successful No action information only 1 Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value 2 Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system 4000001d 00000000 Watchdog 1 Failed to Capture Screen 1 OS Watchdog or Loader Watchdog Error An operating system error has occurred and the screen capture failed 1 Reconfigure the watchdog timer to a higher value 2 Make sure that the IMM Ethernet over USB interface is enabled 3 Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether device driver for the operating system 4 Disable the watchdog 5 Check the integrity of the installed operating system 6 Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that
98. page 124 If the check log LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit check the IMM2 event log for faulty Pwr rail and complete the following steps Table 10 identifies the components that are associated with each Pwr rail and the order in which to troubleshoot the components a Disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 Leave the power supply cords connected b For Pwr rail A error complete the following steps 1 Trained technician only Replace the system board 2 Trained technician only Replace the microprocessor c For other rail errors Pwr rail A error see the step above remove each component that is associated with the faulty Pwr rail one at a time in the sequence indicated in Table 10 restarting the server each time until the cause of the overcurrent condition is identified Table 10 Components associated with power rail error Pwr rail error in the IMM2 event log Components Pwr rail A error Microprocessor 1 Pwr rail B error Microprocessor 2 Pwr rail C error Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 Fan 1 and DIMMs 1 through 6 Pwr rail D error Optional dual port network adaptor fan 2 DIMMs 7 through 12 Pwr rail E error Optional DVD drive if one is installed hard disk drives DIMMs 13 through 18 Pwr rail F err
99. power cords to the product e For ac systems use appliance inlets e For dc systems ensure correct polarity of 48 V dc connections RTN is and 48 V dc is Earth ground should use a two hole lug for safety For dc systems disconnect dc power sources at the breaker panel or by turning off the power source Then remove the dc cables 4 Attach signal cables to other devices 2 Remove the signal cables from the 5 Connect power cords to their sources connectors 6 Turn ON all the power sources 3 Remove all cables from the devices Statement 33 AA CAUTION This product does not provide a power control button Turning off blades or removing power modules and I O modules does not turn off electrical current to the product The product also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the product make sure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide OFF Vor _ 4 Vor Statement 34 AA CAUTION To reduce the risk of electric shock or energy hazards e This equipment must be installed by trained service personnel in a restricted access location as defined by the NEC and IEC 60950 1 First Edition The Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment Connect the equipment to a properly grounded safety extra low voltage SELV source A SELV source is a
100. recorded in the IMM2 event log 3 Disconnect the server power cords Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail E was detected Optional DVD drive if one is installed e Hard disk drives e DIMMs 13 through 18 Restart the server If the Pwr rail E error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again trained technician only replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 Reinstall the components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time If the Pwr Rail E error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component DIMMs 13 through 18 see e Hard disk drives e Optional DVD drive if one is present RDV ave on page Ziad drive on page 245 Follow actions in Solving power problems on page 175 if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit 118 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www i
101. remains trained technician only replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 Firmware and software messages 806f000f 220103xx System encountered Error A system firmware This is a UEFI detected event The firmware error error unrecoverable UEFI diagnostic code for this event can unrecoverable boot boot device failure be found in the logged IMM message device failure has occurred text Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the UEFI diagnostic code section of the Info Center for the appropriate user response 806f000f 220104xx System has Error A fatal This is a UEFI detected event The encountered a motherboard failure UEFI diagnostic code for this event can motherboard failure in the system has be found in the logged IMM message been detected text Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the UEFI diagnostic code section of the Info Center for the appropriate user response 806f000f 220107xx System encountered Error A system firmware This is a UEFI detected event The firmware error unrecoverable keyboard failure error unrecoverable keyboard failure has occurred UEFI diagnostic code for this event can be found in the logged IMM message text Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the UEFI diagnostic code section of the Info Center for the appropriate user response Chapter 3 Diagnosti
102. same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see page 290 andfiinstalling the system board on page 292 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see heat sink on page 279 and neat sink on page 262 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 67 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010c 2581xxxx Memory Error A memory 1 Check the IBM support website for uncorrectable error uncorrectable error an applicable retain tip or firmware detected for One of has occurred update that applies to this memory the DIMMs error 2 Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 250 for memory population 3 If the problem follows the DIMM replace the failing DIMM see DIMM on page 250 and page 250 4 Trained
103. seated and no foreign material is found in the DIMM connector Then retry with the same DIMM If the problem is related to a DIMM replace the failing DIMM indicated by the error LEDs see Removing a memory module DIMM ion page 250 and Installing a memory module on page 250 If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 250 for memory population Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see Removing thel and the system board on page 292 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and i Trained technician only Swap the affected microprocessor if there are more than one microprocessor installed If the problem follows the microprocessor replace the affected microprocessor see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 38 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Acti
104. secondary circuit that is designed so that normal and single fault conditions do not cause the voltages to exceed a safe level 60 V direct current e Incorporate a readily available approved and rated disconnect device in the field wiring e See the specifications in the product documentation for the required circuit breaker rating for branch circuit overcurrent protection e Use copper wire conductors only See the specifications in the product documentation for the required wire size e See the specifications in the product documentation for the required torque values for the wiring terminal screws o a x epee Ao EA gt 18 kg 39 7 Ib gt 32 kg 70 5 Ib gt 55 kg 121 2 Ib gt 50 kg 110 Ib Important Be sure to read the multilingual safety instructions on the CD that comes with the server before you use the product To remove a hot swap dc power supply complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 If only one power supply is installed turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords 3 If the server is in a rack at the back of the server pull back the cable management arm to gain access to the rear of the server and the power supply Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 265 4 Press and hold the release tab to the left Grasp the handle and pull the p
105. shown in the DSA event 16 MB log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 201 803 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test Turn off and restart the system canceled could not Run the test again enable the 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level processor The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event cache log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 201 804 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test 1 Turn off and restart the system canceled the Run the test again memory 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level controller The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event buffer log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For request more information see Updating the firmware on page failed 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting informat
106. source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on Run the test again Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source Trained technician only Reseat the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 155 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to
107. submit a request for information Message number 166 905 xxx Component MM Test IMM 12C Test State Failed Description Action The IMM indicates a not installed failure in 1 the PCA bus Bus power to reset the IMM Note Ignore the error if the hard disk drive backplane is Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac 4 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information sacl Updating the tinmaware a 6 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Trained technician only Reseat the system board 9 Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 156 IB
108. submit a request for information Symptom Action The number of serial ports that 41 Make sure that are identified by the operating e Each port is assigned a unique address in the Setup utility and none of the system is less than the number serial ports is disabled of installed serial ports e The serial port adapter if one is present is seated correctly 2 Reseat the serial port adapter 3 Replace the serial port adapter A serial device does not work 4 Make sure that e The device is compatible with the server e The serial port is enabled and is assigned a unique address e The device is connected to the correct connector see System board internal connectors on page 17 2 Reseat the following components a Failing serial device b Serial cable 3 Replace the components listed in step 2 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time 4 Trained technician only Replace the system board ServerGuide problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Sympt
109. supply LEDs on page 35 Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician only Replace the system board see and 806f000f 220102xx The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error There is insufficient memory to continue operation Sensor Firmware Error i 2 Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start see Power supply LEDs on page 35 Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician only Replace the system board see he system board on page 290 Installing the system board on Chapter 3 Diagnostics 91 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued is solved technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only th
110. switch or jumper block that is not shown in the illustrations in this document are reserved 20 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide System board LEDs The following illustration shows the light emitting diodes LEDs on the system board Note Error LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power System Error LED Locator LED Power LED Enclosure management ee heartbeat ED Imm2 heartbeat LED Standby power LED 10G Ethernet card error LED Battery Q error LED 3 6 oj pRB TOO 7 i elt DIMM 19 24 error LED nnol anni a DIMM 1 6 under the latches alc adka cA a an ala akas i r RLL r D error LED cH cir HE E under the latches Microprocessor 2 a f j w Microprocessor 1 error LED be error LED Fan 4 Fan3 DIMM 7 18 Fan2 System board Fan1 error LED error LED error LED error LED error LED error LED under the latches Chapter 2 Introduction 21 22 System board optional device connectors The foll
111. technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see page 290 andFiinstalling the system board on page 292 5 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and 6 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see and neat sink on page 262 68 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010c 2581xxxx Memory Error A memory 1 Check the IBM support website for uncorrectable error uncorrectable error an applicable retain tip or firmware detected for All has occurred update that applies to this memory DIMMs error 2 Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing al for memory population 3 If the problem follows the DIMM replace the failing DIMM see an
112. temperature might pose a risk to the server that is described in this document Risks that are posed by the presence of excessive particulate levels or concentrations of harmful gases include damage that might cause the server to malfunction or cease functioning altogether This specification sets forth limits for particulates and gases that are intended to avoid such damage The limits must not be viewed or used as definitive limits because numerous other factors such as temperature or moisture content of the air can influence the impact of particulates or environmental corrosives and gaseous contaminant transfer In the absence of specific limits that are set forth in this document you must implement practices that maintain particulate and gas levels that are consistent with the protection of human health and safety If IBM determines that the levels of particulates or gases in your environment have caused damage to the server IBM may condition provision of repair or replacement of servers or parts on implementation of appropriate remedial measures to mitigate such environmental contamination Implementation of such remedial measures is a customer responsibility Table 19 Limits for particulates and gases Contaminant Limits Particulate e The room air must be continuously filtered with 40 atmospheric dust spot efficiency MERV 9 according to ASHRAE Standard 52 2 e Air that enters a data center must be filtered to 99 97 efficiency o
113. the 3 5 inch SAS SATA hot swap hard disk drive server model q it Th SAS hard disk drive bays aN BEY The following illustration shows the 3 5 inch SATA simple swap hard disk drive server model SATA hard disk drive bays 0 1 2 3 4 5 gt OA oO a Hard disk drive activity LED Each hard disk drive has an activity LED When this LED is flashing it indicates that the drive is in use Hard disk drive status LED Each hard disk drive has a status LED When this LED is lit it indica
114. the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 168 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 405 903 xxx Component Ethernet Device Test Test Internal Memory State Failed Description Action 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 to assign a unique interrupt to the device 4 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is ca
115. the PCI riser card assembly with the selected PCI connector on the system board Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 223 ONO e PCl riser connector 1 Carefully fit the two alignment slots on the side of the assembly onto the two alignment brackets on the side of the chassis align the rear of the assembly with the guides on the rear of the server e PCl riser connector 2 Carefully align the bottom edge the contact edge of the riser card assembly with the riser card connector on the system board align the rear of the assembly with the guides on the rear of the server Press down on the assembly Make sure that the riser card assembly is fully seated in the riser card connector on the system board Perform any configuration tasks that are required for the adapter Install the server cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Removing the optional dual port network adapter To remove the network adapter complete the following steps 1 6 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Remove the PCI riser card assembly 2 see Removing a PCI ris
116. the test again Run the standard memory test to validate all memory 5 lf the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 202 901 xxx Memory Memory Stress Test Failed Test failure Run the standard memory test to validate all memory Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Turn off the system and disconnect it from power Reseat the DIMMs Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Run the test again Run the standard memory test to validate all memory GN OA Pw If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 164 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information
117. to the server attach the redundant power information label that comes with this option on the server cover near the power supplies XXXW DC XXXW DC 2 FERIE XX to XXVde FERIE XX to XXVde aean EEN BEE i XA AREH XA Removing an optional remotely installed ServeRAID adapter battery To remove an optional ServeRAID adapter battery complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page ii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Removing an optional ServeRAID Remove the optional battery holder see SAS controller battery holder on page 208 If you are removing the batter from the battery holder press the release tab Disconnect the battery power cable from the battery Lift the battery up to remove the battery from the battery holder The following illustration shows the battery in the battery holder Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 271 Battery tab Pa Battery Battery retention clip holder The following illustration shows the battery in the battery tray Battery Battery tray If you are instructed to return the ServeRAID adapter battery follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing an optional Se
118. upgrade adapter w Supercab cable ServeRAID upgrade adapter 5 Attach the three pegs to the ServeRAID upgrade adapter and install the ServeRAID upgrade adapter into the system board 230 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Rententons sss i ServeRAID amp upgrade adapter RAID upgrade connector S SS Note Make sure the battery is seated properly see Installing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery tray on page 232 7 Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed 8 Install the cover Installing the cover on page 206 9 Slide the server into the rack 10 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Removing a remotely installed ServeRAID adapter battery If a ServeRAID adapter battery is installed near the fan cage and you need to replace it complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vill and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 231 4 Press the release tab toward the fan cage and unlock the battery retention clip Battery E Battery cable connector NN 5 Disconnect the battery cable from the battery cable connec
119. when memory rank sparing mode is enabled The following diagram lists the DIMM connectors on each memory channel Microprocessor 2 i Microprocessor 1 Ch2 Ch3 CH1 CHO i Ch2 Ch3 CH1 CHO CG O 0 0 oo GURDDDOD o oo Togog gg 2 2 2 OPUE Sis ZzEez a zaz e E a s s S oon l WIG LL WNG OL WWIG aan oe oe Figure 2 Connectors on each memory channel Follow the installation sequence for rank sparing mode e Install at least one quad rank DIMM in a channel e Install at least two single rank or dual rank DIMMs in a channel You can install DIMMs for the microprocessor 2 once the microprocessor 2 is installed You do not need to wait until all of the DIMM connectors for microprocessor 1 are filled The following table shows the installation sequence for memory rank sparing mode Table 17 Memory rank sparing mode DIMM population sequence Number of installed Number of DIMMs microprocessor DIMM connector First pair of DIMMs 1 1 2 Second pair of DIMMs 1 4 5 Third pair of DIMMs 1 8 9 Fourth pair of DIMMs 1 11 12 Fifth pair of DIMMs 1 7 10 Sixth pair of DIMMs 1 3 6 Seventh pair of DIMMs 2 13 14 Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 255 Table 17 Memory rank sparing mode DIMM population sequence continued Number of installed Number of DIMMs microprocessor DIMM connector Eighth
120. with heat sink part number 81Y6697 Temperature 5 C to 25 C 41 F to 77 F Altitude 0 to 304 8 m 1 000 ft Intel E5 2634 with heat sink part number 94Y6695 Temperature 5 C to 35 C 41 F to 95 F Altitude 0 to 914 4 m 3 000 ft Intel E5 2637 with heat sink part number 69Y5270 Temperature 5 C to 35 C 41 F to 95 F Altitude 0 to 914 4 m 3 000 ft e Humidity Non condensing 12 C dew point 10 4 F Relative humidity 8 to 85 e Maximum dew point 24 C 75 F e Maximum rate of temperature change Tape drives 5 C hr 41 F hr Hard disk drives 20 C hr 68 F hr Environment continued Server off e Temperature 5 C to 45 C 41 F to 113 F e Relative humidity 8 to 85 e Maximum dew point 27 C 80 6 F Storage non operating Temperature 1 C to 60 C 33 8 F to 140 0 F e Maximum altitude 3 050 m 10 000 ft e Relative humidity 5 to 80 e Maximum dew point 29 C 84 2 F Shipment non operating Temperature 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 0 F e Maximum altitude 10 700 m 35 105 ft e Relative humidity 5 to 100 Maximum dew point 29 C 84 2 F Particulate contamination airborne particulates and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server For information about the limits for particulates and gases see Particulate contaminatio
121. works on the server 106 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Intermittent problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A problem occurs only occasionally and is difficult to diagnose k Make sure that e All cables and cords are connected securely to the rear of the server and attached devices e When the server is turned on air is flowing from the fan grille If there is no airflow the fans are not working This can cause the server to overheat and shut down Check the system event log or IMM2 event log see Event logs on page 26 Make sure that the server and IMM2 firmware has been updated to the most recent code levels Review the operating system logs Contact your operating system vendor to set up any available tools that are capable of monitoring the server If an error occurs run the DSA program and forward the results to IBM service and support for analysis See Solving undetermined problems on page 177 The serv
122. you must consider when installing a hard disk drive see the Installation and User s Guide on the IBM Documentation CD Important Do not install a SCSI hard disk drive in this server Filler panel handle To install a drive in a hot swap bay complete the following steps Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each bay Orient the drive as shown in the illustration Make sure that the tray handle is open Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until the drive stops Push the tray handle to the closed locked position If the system is turned on check the hard disk drive status LED to verify that the hard disk drive is operating correctly oa fon gt Note If the server is configured for RAID operation using a ServeRAID adapter you might have to reconfigure your disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the ServeRAID adapter documentation for additional information about RAID operation and complete instructions for using the ServeRAID adapter After you replace a failed hard disk drive the green activity LED flashes as the disk spins up The yellow LED turns off after approximately 1 minute If the new drive starts to rebuild the yellow LED flashes slowly and the green activity LED remains lit during the rebuild process If the yellow LE
123. 0 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 1 11002 I 11002 A processor mismatch has been detected between one or more processors in the system One or More Mismatched Processors Detected f Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on W 11004 W 11004 A processor within the system has failed the BIST Processor Self Test Failure Detected Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error Trained technician only If there are more t
124. 06f060d 040dxxxx 806f060d 040exxxx 806f060d 040fxxxx Array 1 has failed 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error An array is ina failed state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive number 1 Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware is at the latest level 2 Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly 3 Replace the SAS cable 4 Replace the RAID adapter 5 Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED 806f070d 0400xxxx 806f070d 0401 xxxx 806f070d 0402xxxx 806f070d 0403xxxx 806f070d 0404xxxx 806f070d 0405xxxx 806f070d 0406xxxx 806f070d 0407xxxx 806f070d 0408xxxx 806f070d 0409xxxx 806f070d 040axxxx 806f070d 040bxxxx 806f070d 040cxxxx 806f070d 040dxxxx 806f070d 040exxxx 806f070d 040fxxxx The Drive n Status rebuilt has been in progress n hard disk drive number Info The Drive n has rebuilt in progress n hard disk drive number No action information only 80 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 8007020d d001 xxxx Sensor HDD configuration has transitio
125. 09 optional device connectors on the system board 22 optional device problems 113 OUT OK power LED 14 P particulate contamination 8 325 parts listing 179 181 parts consumable 187 parts structural 187 password 305 administrator 305 power on 305 password power on switch on system board 305 334 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide PCI connectors 23 PCI adapter installing 222 removing 221 PCI expansion slots 7 PCI riser card installing 219 removing 218 PCI riser card assembly full length stretching 217 PCI riser card assembly half length shrinking 218 port connectors 18 POST description 28 error log 26 POST error codes and event log 26 POST event log 26 POST uEFI diagnostic codes 28 power power control button 10 supply 8 power cords 188 power features server 14 power on working inside server 193 power problems 115 175 power supply ac 259 installing 259 removing 259 dc 262 266 installing 266 removing 262 LED errors 135 power cord connector 12 power on LED rear 14 power on LED 10 14 power on password 304 power supply errorLED 14 presence detection button 10 problem determination tips 178 problem diagnosis 3 problem isolation tables 103 problems DVD ROM drive 103 Ethernet controller 176 hard disk drive 104 hypervisor flash device 106 IMM2 47 intermittent 107 memory 108 microprocessor 110 monitor 110 optional devices 113 power 115 175 serial port 122
126. 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoi GatewayIPv4Address 2 CIM_StaticlPAssignment SettingData DefaultGatewayAddress 3 user ID Info nt A user has modified the default gateway IP address of the IMM No action information only 4000000c 00000000 OS Watchdog Info A user has enabled No action information only response 1 by 2 or disabled an OS 1 Enabled or Watchdog Disabled 2 user ID 4000000d 00000000 DHCP 1 failure no Info A DHCP server has 1 Make sure that the network cable is IP address assigned failed to assign an connected O T tenti G tothe 2 Make sure that there is a DHCP server on the network that can assign an IP address to the IMM 4000000e 00000000 Remote Login Info A user has No action information only Successful Login ID successfully logged 1 from 2 at IP in to the IMM address 3 1 user ID 2 ValueMap CIM_Protocol Endpoint ProtocollFType 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 4000000f 00000000 Attempting to 1 Info A user has used No action information only server 2 by user 3 1 Power Up Power Down Power Cycle or Reset 2 IBM_ComputerSystem ElementName 3 user ID the IMM to perform a power function on the server 95 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem
127. 1 8xxxx Memory Logging Limit Reached for DIMM n Status n DIMM number Error The memory logging limit has been reached Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing al for memory population If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see and heat sink on page 282 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 73 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f050c 2581 xxxx Memo
128. 10 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test 1 Turn off and restart the system stopped unknown _ 2 Run the test again error code 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For XXX the latest level of DSA code go to received in COMMONEDYT Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level procedure The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 162 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 201 901 xxx Component Memory Test Memory Test State Failed Description Action Test failure single bit error failing DIMM z 1 8 the Setup utility on page 301 10 11 12 13 Turn off the syst
129. 2 Off Reserved 3 Off Power on override When this switch is toggled to On and then to Off you force a power on which overrides the power on and power off button on the server and they become nonfunctional 4 Off Power on password override Changing the position of this switch bypasses the power on password check the next time the server is turned on and starts the Setup utility so that you can change or delete the power on password You do not have to move the switch back to the default position after the power on password in overridden Changing the position of this switch does not affect the administrator password check if an administrator password is set See Passwords on page 305 for additional information about passwords The following table describes the functions of the SW2 switch block on the system board Table 4 System board SW2 switch block definition Switch number Default position Description 1 Off Forced power permission overrides the IMM power on checking process Trained service technician only 2 Off Reserved Off Reserved Off Reserved Important 1 Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers turn off the server then disconnect all power cords and external cables Review the information in Safety on page vii Installation guidelines on page 191 and Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 2 Any system board
130. 3 through 18 Reinstall each device one ata time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained technician onl the system board see he system board on page 290 Installing the system board on 58 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80070603 0701 xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail F Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state See Power problems on page 115 for more information Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Remove the adapter from the PCI riser card assembly 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 fan 4 and the DIMMs in connectors 19 through 24 Reinstall each device one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained technician only Replace the system board see and 80070603 0701 xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail G Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state See Power problems on pag
131. 5 error code is displayed indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise working correctly If the server is not working correctly see fere on page dand Chapter 3 Diagnostics on page 25 for diagnostic information Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working Place removed covers and other parts in a safe place If you must start the server while the cover is removed make sure that no one is near the server and that no other objects have been left inside the server Do not attempt to lift an object that you think is too heavy for you If you have to lift a heavy object observe the following precautions Make sure that you stand safely without slipping Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet Use a slow lifting force Never move suddenly or twist when you lift a heavy object To avoid straining the muscles in your back lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg muscles Make sure that you have an adequate number of properly grounded electrical outlets for the server monitor and other devices Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives Have a small flat blade screwdriver a small Phillips screwdriver and a T8 torx screwdriver available You do not have to turn off the server to install or replace hot swap power supplies hot swap fans hot swap drives or hot plug Universal Serial Bus USB devices However
132. 73 Hard disk drive 300 GB 10 K SAS Gen2 90Y8878 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 300 GB 10 K SAS SED 90Y8914 Hard disk drive 146 GB 15 K SAS Gen2 90Y8927 Hard disk drive 146 GB 15 K 6 Gbps SAS 2 5 inch SFF Gen 2 90Y8945 hot swap SED Hard disk drive 500 GB 7 2K SAS Gen2 90Y8954 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch 1 TB 7 2K hot swap SAS SAP 90Y8866 Solid state drive 200 GB 40K6897 Solid state drive 50 GB 43W7729 Solid state drive 2 5 inch hot swap SATA 256 GB 90Y8644 Solid state drive 2 5 inch hot swap SATA 128 GB 90Y8649 Solid state drive 2 5 inch simple swap SATA 256 GB 90Y8664 Solid state drive 2 5 inch simple swap SATA 128 GB 90Y8669 Solid state drive file 1 8 inch 49Y4936 Solid state drive backp cage 1 8 inch 59Y6222 Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server 183 Table 11 Parts listing Type 7915 continued CRU part CRU part number number Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 HBA 4 GB FC PCl e single port adapter 39R6526 HBA 4 GB FC PCl e dual port adapter 39R6528 NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet adapter 39Y6070 PRO 1000 PF server adapter 4201752 QLogic 10 GB dual port CNA 4201802 Qlogic 10 GB SFP SR optical transceiver 4201816 Qlogic dual port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA 90Y5099 Brocade 10GB SFP SR optical transceiver 4201819 HBA 10 GB adapter 4201822 Emulex 8 GB PCle single port adapter 42D0491 Emulex 8
133. 901 2d01xxxx Numeric sensor PCH Info An upper critical No action information only Temp going high sensor going high upper critical has has deasserted deasserted 81010b01 2d01xxxx Numeric sensor PCH Info An upper No action information only Temp going high upper non recoverable has deasserted non recoverable sensor going high has deasserted 50 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010701 2c01xxxx Sensor Mezz Card Warning An upper 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high non critical Sensor z Check the server airflow Make sure upper non critical going high has that nothing is blocking theair f has asserted asserted Ce ee Ar Tom coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010901 2c01xxxx Sensor Mezz Card Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high sensor going high 3 upper critical has has asserted ieee me SeS airilow Make that nothing is blocking the air from asserted HRN i coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 2c01xxxx Sensor Mezz Card
134. B laser diode Note the following Laser radiation when open Do not stare into the beam do not view directly with optical instruments and avoid direct exposure to the beam A Class 1 Laser Product Laser Klasse 1 Laser Klass 1 Luokan 1 Laserlaite Appareil A Laser de Classe 1 Safety Xiii Statement 4 A gt 18 kg 39 7 Ib gt 32 kg 70 5 Ib 2 55 kg 121 2 Ib CAUTION Use safe practices when lifting Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source A A 20a 1 Statement 6 A CAUTION Do not place any objects on top of a rack mounted device unless that rack mounted device is intended for use as a shelf Statement 8 AA Xiv IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide CAUTION Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following label attached Hazardous voltage current and energy levels are present inside any component that has this label attached There are no serviceable parts inside these components If you suspect a problem with one of these parts contact a service technician Statement 12 gt CAUTION The following label in
135. CLl and IBM Director IBM 6Gb Performance Optimized HBA Notes 1 For more information about the Human Interface Infrastructure HII and SAS2IRCU go to http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid MIGR 5088601 2 For more information about the MegaRAID support entry portal docdisplay Indocid MIGR 5073015 Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD go to http www 947 ibm com The ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD provides software setup tools and installation tools that are designed for your server The ServerGuide program detects the server model and hardware options that are installed and uses that information during setup to configure the hardware The ServerGuide program simplifies operating system installations by providing updated device drivers and in Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 299 300 some cases installing them automatically To download the CD go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid SERV GUIDE and click IBM Service and Support Site The ServerGuide program has the following features e An easy to use interface e Diskette free setup and configuration programs that are based on detected hardware e ServeRAID Manager program which configures your ServeRAID adapter e Device drivers that are provided for your server model and detected hardware e Operating system partition size and
136. D remains lit see Hard disk drive problems on page 104 Note You might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the RAID documentation on the IBM ServeRAID Support CD for information about RAID controllers Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 237 Removing a simple swap hard disk drive 3 5 inch simple swap hard disk drive Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each bay To remove a hard disk drive from a simple swap bay complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on ii devices on pave 1eatead Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Note When you disconnect the power source from the server you lose the ability to view the LEDs because the LEDs are not lit when the power source is removed Before you disconnect the power source make a note of which LEDs are lit including the LEDs that are lit on the operation information panel on the light path diagnostics panel and LEDs inside the server on the system board then see Chaplet o Diaghestics on page dio information about how to solve the problem 3 Remove the filler panel from the drive bay 4 Slide the blue release latch to the right with one finger to release
137. Endpoint DomainName 3 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint IPv4Address 4 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoint SubnetMask 5 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 6 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX The DHCP server has assigned an IMM IP address and configuration No action information only 40000017 00000000 ENET O Info IP Cfg HstName 1 IP 2 NetMsk 3 GW 4 1 CIM_DNSProtocol Endpoint Hostname 2 CIM_StaticlPSettingData IPv4Address 3 CIM_StaticlPSettingData SubnetMask 4 CIM_StaticlPSettingData DefaultGatewayAddress An IMM IP address and configuration have been assigned using client data No action information only 40000018 00000000 LAN Ethernet 0 Info interface is no longer active The IMM Ethernet interface has been disabled No action information only 40000019 00000000 LAN Ethernet 0 Info interface is now active The IMM Ethernet interface has been enabled No action information only 4000001a 00000000 DHCP setting Info changed to by user 1 1 user ID A user has changed the DHCP mode No action information only Chapter 3 Diagnostics 97 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed
138. GB PCle dual port adapter 42D0500 Qlogic 8 GB single port adapter 42D0507 HBA 8 GB adapter 42D0516 Video adapter NVIDIA Quadro 600 43V5931 Video adapter NVIDIA Quadro 2000 43V5939 Video adapter NVIDIA Quadro FX4000 PCI Express x 16 90Y2330 Video adapter NVIDIA Quadro 6000 with passive heatsink PCI 90Y2332 Express x 16 FC 4 GB PCle single port adapter 43W7510 FC 4 GB PCle dual port adapter 43W7512 IBM 6 Gb Performance Optimized HBA 46C8937 6 Gb SSD HBA 46M0913 Brocade 8 GB single port adapter 46M6061 Brocade 9 GB dual port adapter 46M6062 Dual port adapter 49Y 4232 Quad port adapter 49Y 4242 Broadcom NetXtreme II 10 GB dual port BaseT adapter 49Y7912 NetXtreme II 1000 Express dual port Ethernet adapter 49Y7947 NetXtreme II 1000 Express quad port Ethernet adapter 49Y7949 X520 DA2 10 GB Express dual port SFP adapter 49Y7962 Brocade HBA 4 GB FC single port 59Y1992 Brocade HBA 4 GB FC dual port 59Y1998 HBA 6 GB adapter SAS 68Y7354 IBM LLM SM Dual Port 10Gbe SFP Adaptor 00D9502 Emulex 16Gb FC Single port HBA 81Y1658 Emulex 16Gb FC Dual port HBA 81Y1665 Brocade 16Gb FC Single port HBA 81Y1671 Brocade 16Gb FC Dual port HBA 81Y1678 6 GB performance optimized HBA 90Y4356 184 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 11 Parts listing Type 7915 continued CRU part CRU part number num
139. IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the general information inj Appendix B Notices on page 323 the IBM Safety Information and IBM Environmental Notices and User s Guide on the IBM System x Documentation CD and the IBM Warranty Information document that comes with your server Third Edition September 2012 Copyright IBM Corporation 2012 US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Contents Copyright IBM Corp 2012 Safety Guidelines for trained service technicians F Inspecting for unsafe conditions Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment Safety statements Chapter 1 Start here Diagnosing a problem Undocumented problems Chapter 2 Introduction Related documentation Notices and statements in this document Features and specifications Server controls LEDs and connectors Front view Rear view Server power features Internal connectors LEDs and jumpers System board internal connectors System board external connectors System board switches and jumpers System board LEDs System board optional device connectors i PCI riser card adapter connectors PCI riser card assembly LEDs Chapter 3 Diagnostic
140. IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 815 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMMI2C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted to reset the IMM invalid data field 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power in the source and turn on the system request 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 147 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new de
141. ID or password browser at IP address or password 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 40000013 00000000 Remote access Error A user has Make sure that the correct login ID attempt failed Invalid attempted to log in and password are being used userid or password from a Telnet Have the system administrator received Userid is session by using 1 from TELNET an invalid login ID reset the login ID or password client at IP address or password 2 1 user ID 2 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX 40000014 00000000 The Chassis Event Info A user has cleared No action information only Log CEL on system 1 cleared by user 2 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName 2 user ID the IMM event log 96 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000015 00000000 IMM reset was Info initiated by user 1 1 user ID A user has initiated a reset of the IMM No action information only 40000016 00000000 ENET O Info DHCP HSTN 1 DN 2 IP 3 SN 4 GW 5 DNS1 6 1 CIM_DNSProtocol Endpoint Hostname 2 CIM_DNSProtocol
142. If you are replacing a power supply with one of a different wattage apply the power information label provided with the new power supply over the existing power information label on the server MERE XXX XXX XXX XXX AREE RE BI XXX BRE MEE xx xx Hz ARAE Product certified in Shenzhen China Made in China v pA Marca Registrada Registered Trademark of International Business Machines Corporation Geek vaoo MEER BeH xxix a et oah azap A Manufacturer IBM Corporation AELA eT SLIBRANSILBHOEF VCCI A Copyright Code and Parts Contained Herein Copyright IBM Corp 2010 All Rights Reserved NOM NOM o ey Canada ICES NMB 003 Class Classe A NYCE CORES P ANE aes RA CHES EES ERBRMBE SRIF LEBHVI ED COWS AAG MR eu a MOAS R33026 i RE ME FLO US Ie MEO WS MT XXXX Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag BAG AH Apparatet ma tilkoples jordet stikkontakt Ee Laite on liitett v suojamaadoituskoskettimilla ZEP MARRE we gt He varustettuun pistorasiaan Fe A Mh IRA P RFA nh T This device complies with part 15 of FCC rules IER ERATI gt AE Operation is subject to the following two EMILE gt RA ACRE interference and 2 this device must accept any Ass GD X conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful RRRA E E E o interference received including interference that N79 may cause undesired operation Model xxx LISTED SN SSSSSSS 1 T E Equip 167G KCC REM IBC 7915 A
143. Leave approximately 50 mm 2 in of open space around the front IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide and rear of the server Do not place objects in front of the fans For proper cooling and airflow replace the server cover before you turn on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time more than 30 minutes with the server cover removed might damage server components e You have followed the cabling instructions that come with optional adapters e You have replaced a failed fan within 48 hours e You have replaced a hot swap fan within 30 seconds of removal e You have replaced a hot swap drive within 2 minutes of removal e You do not operate the server without the air baffle installed Operating the server without the air baffle might cause the microprocessor to overheat e Microprocessor socket 2 always contains either a socket cover or a microprocessor and heat sink e You have installed the fourth and sixth fans when you installed the second microprocessor option Working inside the server with the power on Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the server to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when you work inside the server with the power on You might have to have the server turn
144. Light path diagnostics LEDs on page 129 2 Reseat the affected adapters and riser cards k 3 Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4 Remove both adapters 5 Replace the riser cards 6 Trained service technicians only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 806f0021 2582xxxx PCI fault has been Error A PCI fault has 1 Check the PCI LED See more detected for All PCI been detected information about the PCI LED in Error Light path diagnostics LEDs on page 129 2 Reseat the affected adapters and riser cards 3 Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4 Replace the adapters 5 Replace the riser cards 6 Trained service technicians only Rep Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 806f0023 2101xxxx Watchd
145. M System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010202 0701xxxx Numeric sensor Error A lower critical 1 Check power supply n LED Planar 12V going low sensor going low 2 Remove the failing power supply lower critical has has asserted i i asserted 3 Follow actions for OVER SPEC LED in 4 Trained technician only Replace the system board n power supply number 80010002 0701xxxx Numeric sensor Warning A lower critical Planar VBAT going sensor going low low lower has asserted non critical has asserted 80010202 0701xxxx Numeric sensor Error A lower critical Planar VBAT going sensor going low low lower critical has asserted has asserted 80030108 1301xxxx Sensor PS Heavy Info The system is 1 Replace the power supply with Load has asserted consuming more higher rated power power than the 2 Reduce the total power poner SUPPI ot consumption by removing newly supplies are rated Sr for The system will added or unused option like drives throttle to avoid or adapters shutting down due to a power supply over current condition 800b0309 1301xxxx Non Warning A change to the 4 Non redu
146. M System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number 166 906 xxx Component IMM Test IMM 12C Test State Failed Description Action The IMM indicates a failure in the PCA bus Bus 5 1 10 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting informa
147. M System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide b Align the installation tool with the alignment pins on the microprocessor socket and lower the tool on the microprocessor The installation tool rests flush on the socket only if aligned correctly Installation tool 10 If you do not intend to install a microprocessor on the socket install the socket cover that you removed in step 8 on page 285jon the microprocessor socket Attention The pins on the socket are fragile Any damage to the pins may require replacing the system board Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 281 11 If you are instructed to return the microprocessor follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a microprocessor and heat sink The following notes describe the type of microprocessor that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a microprocessor and heat sink e Microprocessors are to be installed only by trained service technicians e The server supports up to two Intel Xeon E5 2600 series multi core microprocessors which are designed for the LGA 2011 socket See http Awww ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us for a list of supported microprocessors e Do not mix dual core quad core and six core microprocessors in the same server e The first microprocessor must always be installed in mic
148. M number Error A memory scrub failure has been detected Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error 2 Make sure that the DIMMs are firmly seated and no foreign material is found in the DIMM connector Then retry with the same DIMM 3 If the problem is related to a DIMM replace the failing DIMM indicated by the error LEDs see Removing module on page 250 4 If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see page 250 for memory population 5 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged eplace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 continued on the next page 70 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If
149. MI function in the IMM2 through the command line interface Use the command line interface to issue setup commands You can save any of the settings as a file and run the file as a script The ASU program supports scripting environments through a batch processing mode For more information and to download the ASU program go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid TOOL ASU Updating IBM Systems Director If you plan to use IBM Systems Director to manage the server you must check for the latest applicable IBM Systems Director updates and interim fixes Note Changes are made periodically to the IBM website The actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document To locate and install a newer version of IBM Systems Director complete the following steps 1 Check for the latest version of IBM Systems Director a Go tojhttp Awww ibm com systems software director downloads index html b If a newer version of IBM Systems Director than what comes with the server is shown in the drop down list follow the instructions on the web page to download the latest version 2 Install the IBM Systems Director program If your management server is connected to the Internet to locate and install updates and interim fixes complete the following steps 1 Make sure that you have run the Discovery and Inventory collection tasks 2 On the Welcome page of the IBM Systems Director web interface c
150. MM air baffle see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 and Removing the air baffle on page 206 e Microprocessor 2 PCI riser card assembly 2 see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 Rotate the heat sink release lever to the open position Heat sink release lever SS Microprocessor release lever Microprocessor release lever a Identify which release lever is labeled as the first release lever to open and open it b Open the second release lever on the microprocessor socket c Open the microprocessor retainer Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 283 Attention Do not touch the connectors on the microprocessor and the microprocessor socket Install the microprocessor on the microprocessor socket a Touch the static protective package that contains the new microprocessor to any unpainted on the chassis or any unpainted metal surface on any other grounded rack component then carefully remove the microprocessor from the package Release the sides of the cover and remove the cover from the installation tool The microprocessor is preinstalled on the installation tool Microprocessor Note Do not touch the microprocessor contacts Contaminants on the microprocessor contacts such as oil from your skin can cause connection failures between the contacts and the socket Align the installation tool with the microprocessor socket The installation too
151. MM2 will log you off of the web interface if your browser is inactive for the number of minutes that you entered for the timeout value 4 Click Continue to start the session The System Health page provides a quick view of the system status Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture features are integrated functions of the Integrated Management Module II IMM2 When the optional IBM Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade is installed in the server it activates the remote presence functions The Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade is required to enable the integrated remote presence and blue screen capture features Without the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade you will not be able to access the network remotely to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system However you can still access the web interface without the upgrade After the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade is installed in the server it is authenticated to determine whether it is valid If the key is not valid you receive a message from the web interface when you attempt to start the remote presence feature indicating that the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade is required to use the remote presence feature The remote presence feature provides the following functions e Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz rega
152. M_PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoProdIdentifier lt system model gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt e Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide at systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Ilndocid MIGR 55021 for more details 318 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoProdIdentifier lt system model gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt e Remote LAN access type the command Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM2 using the LAN from a client the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters
153. Monitor or video problems on page 110 Light path diagnostics Light path diagnostics is a system of LEDs on various external and internal components of the server When an error occurs LEDs are lit throughout the server By viewing the LEDs in a particular order you can often identify the source of the error When LEDs are lit to indicate an error they remain lit when the server is turned off provided that the server is still connected to power and the power supply is operating correctly Before you work inside the server to view light path diagnostics LEDs read the safety information that begins on page vii and Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 193 If an error occurs view the light path diagnostics LEDs in the following order 1 Look at the operator information panel on the front of the server e If the check log LED is lit it indicates that an error or multiple errors have occurred The sources of the errors cannot be isolated or concluded by observing the light path diagnostics LEDs directly A further investigation into IMM2 system event log or system error log might be required e If the system error LED is lit it indicates that an error has occurred go to step 2 The following illustration shows the operator information panel 124 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power control button power on LED
154. Ms installing 256 removing 250 display problems 110 documentation updates 6 documentation CD 5 documentation format 326 drive installing hot swap 237 drive installing simple swap 239 DSA 1 DSA log 26 27 dual motor hot swap fan installing 258 removing 257 dual port network adapter installing 225 removing 224 DVD drive See CD RW DVD DVD drive cable installing 246 removing 245 Dynamic System Analysis 1 Dynamic System Analysis DSA 137 E electrical equipment servicing viii electrical input 8 electronic emission Class A notice 326 embedded hypervisor using 310 environment 8 error codes 26 error codes and messages diagnostic 138 IMM2 47 messages diagnostic 137 error log viewing 26 error logs clearing 28 error symptoms general 104 hard disk drive 104 hypervisor flash device 106 intermittent 107 memory 108 microprocessor 110 monitor 110 optional devices 113 power 115 serial port 122 ServerGuide 122 software 123 USB port 124 errors format diagnostic code 138 messages diagnostic 137 power supply LEDs 135 Ethernet activity LED 13 controller troubleshooting 176 systems management connector 13 Ethernet activity LED 10 Ethernet connector 12 Ethernet controller configuration 298 Ethernet link status link LED 13 event log 26 event log POST 26 event log system 26 event logs 1 26 event logs methods for viewing 27 F fan bracket installing 215 removing 213 FCC Class A notice 326 featu
155. O 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware packages within the system update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on 1 18006 1 18006 A mismatch Processors have 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the between the maximum mismatched QPI ServerProven website at allowed QPI link speed Speed http www ibm com systems info x86servers has been detected for serverproven compat us ae pawn 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware i update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 1 18007 1 18007 A power Processors have segment mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages mismatched Power Segments 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 3 Trained technician onl
156. OFF 2 First attach all cables to devices 2 First remove power cords from outlet 3 Attach signal cables to connectors 3 Remove signal cables from connectors 4 Attach power cords to outlet 4 Remove all cables from devices 5 Turn device ON Safety xi Statement 2 A CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations Xii IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Statement 3 A CAUTION When laser products such as CD ROMs DVD drives fiber optic devices or transmitters are installed note the following e Do not remove the covers Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation There are no serviceable parts inside the device e Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure A DANGER Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3
157. R MFG date YYYYMMDD Product ID PN Removing a hot swap dc power supply When you remove or install a hot swap dc power supply observe the following precautions Statement 29 AA CAUTION This equipment is designed to permit the connection of the earthed conductor of the dc supply circuit to the earthing conductor at the equipment This equipment is designed to permit the connection of the earthed conductor of the dc supply circuit to the earthing conductor at the equipment If this connection is made all of the following conditions must be met e This equipment shall be connected directly to the dc supply system earthing electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from an earthing terminal bar or bus to which the dc supply system earthing electrode conductor is connected e This equipment shall be located in the same immediate area such as adjacent cabinets as any other equipment that has a connection between the earthed 262 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide conductor of the same dc supply circuit and the earthing conductor and also the point of earthing of the dc system The dc system shall not be earthed elsewhere e The dc supply source shall be located within the same premises as this equipment e Switching or disconnecting devices shall not be in the earthed circuit conductor between the dc source and the point of connection of the earthing electrode conductor S
158. Remove the heat sink Attention Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink Touching the thermal material will contaminate it If the thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated you must wipe off the contaminated thermal material on the microprocessor or heat sink with the alcohol wipes and reapply clean thermal grease to the heat sink a Open the heat sink release lever to the fully open position b Lift the heat sink out of the server After removal place the heat sink with the thermal grease side up on a clean flat surface Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 279 Heat sink release es Heat sink G Microprocessor 8 Open the microprocessor socket release levers and retainer Microprocessor release lever Microprocessor release lever a Identify which release lever is labeled as the first release lever to open and open it b Open the second release lever on the microprocessor socket c Open the microprocessor retainer Attention Do not touch the connectors on the microprocessor and the microprocessor socket 9 Install the microprocessor on the microprocessor installation tool Note If you are replacing a microprocessor use the empty installation tool that comes with the CRU to remove the microprocessor a Twist the handle on the microprocessor tool counterclockwise so that it is in the open position Installation tool 280 IB
159. SI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage redundant array of independent disks RAID arrays Be sure to use this program as described in this document e Use the LSI Configuration Utility program to perform the following tasks Perform a low level format on a hard disk drive Create an array of hard disk drives with or without a hot spare drive Set protocol parameters on hard disk drives The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports RAID arrays You can use the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure RAID 1 IM RAID 1E IME and RAID 0 IS for a single pair of attached devices If you install a RAID adapter follow the instructions in the documentation that comes with the adapter to view or change settings for attached devices In addition you can download an LSI command line configuration program from http www ibm com supportportal When you are using the LSI Configuration Utility program to configure and manage arrays consider the following information e The integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities supports the following features Integrated Mirroring IM with hot spare support also known as RAID 1 Use this option to create an integrated array of two disks plus up to two optional hot spares All data on the primary disk can be migrated Integrated Mirroring Enhanced IME with hot spare support also known as RAID 1E Use this option to create an integ
160. SXi embedded hypervisor is available on server models that come with an installed USB embedded hypervisor flash device The USB flash device comes installed in the USB connector on the system board Hypervisor is virtualization software that enables multiple operating systems to run on a host system at the same time The USB flash device is required to activate the hypervisor functions To start using the embedded hypervisor functions you must add the USB flash device to the boot order in the Setup utility To add the USB flash device to the boot order complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 From the Setup utility main menu select Boot Manager 4 Select Add Boot Option then select Embedded Hypervisor Press Enter and then select Esc 5 Select Change Boot Order and then select Commit Changes then press Enter 6 Select Save Settings and then select Exit Setup o If the embedded hypervisor flash device image becomes corrupt you can use the VMware Recovery CD to recover the flash device image To recover the flash device image complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active 2 Insert the VMware Recovery CD into
161. Status minimum configuration to start see Power supply LEDs on page 135 2 Recover the server firmware from the backup page a Restart the server b At the prompt press F3 to recover the firmware 3 Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4 Remove components one at a time restarting the server each time to see if the problem goes away 5 If the problem remains trained service technician replace the system board see and Installing the system board on page 292 90 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f000f 220101xx The System 1 encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error There is no memory detected Sensor Firmware Error 2 Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start see Power
162. Turn off the server Reseat the SAS SATA adapter Reseat the backplane signal cable and backplane power cable Reseat the hard disk drive Turn on the server and observe the activity of the hard disk drive LEDs 2 See Problem determination tips on page 178 92 op Hypervisor problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action If an optional embedded 1 Make sure that the optional embedded hypervisor flash device is selected on hypervisor flash device is not the boot manager lt F12 gt Select Boot Device at startup listed in the expected boot order dess nol appear ithe 2 Make sure that the embedded hypervisor flash device is seated in the list of bo t atone orasimilar connector correctly see Removing a USB hypervisor memory key on page problem has occurred andj Installing a USB hypervisor memory key on page 217 3 See the documentation that comes with the optional embedded hypervisor flash device for setup and configuration information 4 Make sure that other software
163. Type 7915 continued CRU part CRU part number number Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 16 8 pac 2 5 inch hard disk drive backplane assembly 94Y7751 18 Fan cage 94Y6621 19 Fan 94Y6620 Battery ServeRAID M5100 Series 81Y4491 Hard disk drive 200 GB SATA 43W7721 Hard disk drive 200 GB SSD 43W7745 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 900 GB 10 K 81Y9651 Hard disk drive 300 GB SAS 81Y9671 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 1 TB 7 2 K 81Y9691 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 250 GB 7 2 K 81Y9723 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 500 GB 7 2 K 81Y9727 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 1 TB 7 2 K 81Y9731 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 500 GB 7 2 K NL SATA 81Y9787 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 1 TB 7 2 K 81Y9791 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 2 TB 7 2 K NL SATA 81Y9795 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 3 TB 7 2 K 81Y9799 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch simple swap 500 GB 7 2 K 81Y9803 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch simple swap 1 TB 7 2 K 81Y9807 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch simple swap 2 TB 7 2 K 81Y9811 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch simple swap 3 TB 7 2 K 81Y9815 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 1 TB 7 2 K NL SAS 90Y8568 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 2 TB 7 2 K NL SAS 90Y8573 Hard disk drive 3 5 inch hot swap 3 TB 7 2 K NL SAS 90Y8578 Hard disk drive 2 5 inch hot swap 600 GB 10 K 90Y88
164. Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on and Installing the system board on page 292 W 3808002 W 3808002 An error Error Updating System 4 Run the Setup utility select Save Settings occurred while saving Configuration to IMM and restart the server see Using the Setup UEFI settings to the utility on page 301 IMM 2 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 W 3808003 W 3808003 Unable to Error Retrieving 1 Run the Setup utility select Save Settings retrieve the system System Configuration and restart the server see Using the Setup configuration from the from IMM utility on page 301 IMM 2 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 1 3808004 I 3808004 The IMM IPMI System Event System Event log SEL is full Log is Full Run the Setup utility to clear IMM logs and restart the server see Using the Setup utility on page 301 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 45 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check
165. V UV Error A sensor has Check power supply n LED 80070608 0a02xxxx Fault has transitioned changed to 2 R the faili to non recoverable non recoverable os ey i cack aula from a less severe state from a less Follow actions for OVER SPEC state severe state LED in Light path diagnostics number 4 Trained technician only Replace the system board n power supply number 800b0008 1301xxxx Power Unit has been Info Power unit No action information only fully redundant redundancy has been restored 800b0108 1301xxxx Power Unit Error Redundancy has 4 Check the LEDs for both power redundancy lost has been lost and is supplies asserted insuficient to 2 Follow the actions in Power supply continue operation LEDs on page 135 806f0608 1301xx03 Power supply PS Error A power supply 1 Make sure that the power supplies Configuration error configuration error installed are with the same rating or with rating mismatch rating mismatch wattage hag occ rred 2 Reinstall the power supplies with the same rating or wattage 80070603 0701xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail A Error A sensor has Fault has transitioned to non recoverable changed to Nonrecoverable state 1 See Power problems on page 115 for more information 2 Turn off the server and disconnect it from power 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see and page 292 4 Trained technician only Replace the failing mi
166. YSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt e Online KCS access unauthenticated and user restricted You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use this access method Example asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt The KCS access method uses the IPMI KCS interface This method requires that the IPMI driver be installed Some operating systems have the IPMI driver installed by default ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer See IBM Advanced Settings Utility program on page 313 or the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details e Remote LAN access type the command Note When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM2 using the LAN from a client the host and the imm_external_ip address are required parameters host lt imm_external_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_external_ip The external IMM LAN IP address There is no default value This parameter is required imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values 316 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Example that does not use the userid and password default values
167. a less n power supply number a less severe state severe state n power supply number 80070608 0a01xxxx Sensor PS n 12V OC Error A sensor has 80070608 0a02xxxx Fault has transitioned to non recoverable from a less severe state n power supply number changed to non recoverable state from a less severe state 2 Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption For more information and to download the powerconfig html Check the OVER SPEC LED in page 129 and Pwr Rail A B C D E F G and H error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log see Power problems on page 115 for more information Chapter 3 Diagnostics 55 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80070608 0a01xxxx Sensor PS n 12V OV Error A sensor has Check power supply n LED 80070608 0a02xxxx Fault has transitioned changed to 2 R the faili to non recoverable non recoverable 7 aces a ing Pee SURRY from a less severe state from a less 3 Trained technician only Replace state severe state the system board n power supply n power supply number number 80070608 0a01xxxx Sensor PS n 12
168. acteristics such as timing are supported at this voltage Values are operable which means that the devices can be operated safely at this voltage However device characteristics such as timing may not be guaranteed All devices must be tolerant of the highest DDR3 nominal voltage of 1 5 V meaning that they may not operate at 1 5 V but may be powered at that voltage without damage to the devices wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth in MBps 6400 6 40 GBps DDR3 800 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 8500 8 53 GBps DDR3 1066 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 10600 10 66 GBps DDR3 1333 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus 12800 12 80 GBps DDR3 1600 SDRAMs 8 byte primary data bus mis the DIMM type E Unbuffered DIMM UDIMM with ECC x72 bit module data bus L Load Reduction DIMM LRDIMM R Registered DIMM RDIMM U Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC x64 bit primary data bus aa is the CAS latency in clocks at maximum operating frequency bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM dis the revision number of the reference design of the DIMM Note To determine the type of a DIMM see the label on the DIMM The information on the label is in the format xxxxx nRxxx PC3V XXXXXX XX XX XXX The numeral in the sixth numerical position indicates whether the DIMM is single rank n 1 dual rank n 2 or quad rank n 4 The following rules apply to DDR3 RDIMM speed as i
169. age viipnd Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 2 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the server cover See Removing the cover on page 205 for more information IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 4 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Locate the UEFI boot recovery jumper block J2 on the system board UEFI boot backup ada jumper JP2 CMOS clear _ jumper JP1 System TPM physical ep presence jumper JP20 Move the jumper JP2 from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI recovery mode Reinstall the server cover then reconnect all power cords Restart the server The system begins the power on self test POST Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded Perform the firmware update by following the i
170. al state from a less severe state 130W or 135W microprocessors system configuration only 86 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician General messages 80030012 2301xxxx Sensor OS RealTime Info Indicate whether No action information only Mod has deasserted the system management firmware is working in the state to support the realtime OS 80070202 0701xxxx Sensor Planar Fault Error A sensor has Check the system event log has transitioned to changed to Critical Check for an error LED on th critical from a less state from a less ene b si 2 nae severe state severe state een momen 3 Replace any failing device 4 Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 5 Trained technician only Replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on 8007020f 2582xxxx Sensor No PCI I O Error A
171. alling IBM for service 178 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server The following replaceable components are available for all the Series x3650 M4 Type 7915 server model except as specified otherwise in lunits To check for an updated parts listing on the web go to The types of replaceable components are e Consumables Purchase and replacement of consumables components such as batteries and printer cartridges that have depleting life is your responsibility If IBM acquires or installs a consumable component at your request you will be charged for the service e Structural parts Purchase and replacement of structural parts components such as chassis assembly top cover and bezel is your responsibility If IBM acquires or installs a structural component at your request you will be charged for the service e Tier 1 customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Tier 2 customer replaceable unit You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server Customer replaceable units Copyright IBM Corp 2012 For information about the terms of the warranty see the Warranty Information document that comes with the se
172. an a Nepeg ycTaHoBko npogyKTa NPOYTUTe NHCTpYKUMN MNO TexHnKe 6ezonacHocTn Pred in tal ciou tohto zariadenia si pe taje Bezpe nostn predpisy Pred namestitvijo tega proizvoda preberite Varnostne informacije Antes de instalar este producto lea la informaci n de seguridad L s s kerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den h r produkten Copyright IBM Corp 2012 vii Guidelines for trained service technicians This section contains information for trained service technicians Inspecting for unsafe conditions Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in an IBM product that you are working on Each IBM product as it was designed and manufactured has required safety items to protect users and service technicians from injury The information in this section addresses only those items Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by non IBM alterations or attachment of non IBM features or optional devices that are not addressed in this section If you identify an unsafe condition you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you work on the product Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present e Electrical hazards especially primary power Primary voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal electrical shock e Explosive hazards such as a damaged CRT fac
173. an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Memory DIMM n Status Scrub failure detected n DIMM number Error A memory scrub failure has been detected Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and Trained technician only Swap the affected microprocessor if there are more than one microprocessor installed If the problem follows the microprocessor replace the affected microprocessor see and Trained technician only Replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on 806f040c 2001 xxxx 806f040c 2002xxxx 806f040c 2003xxxx 806f040c 2004xxxx 806f040c 2005xxxx 806f040c 2006xxxx 806f040c 2007xxxx 806f040c 2008xxxx 806f040c 2009xxxx 806f040c 200axxxx 806f040c 200bxxxx 806f040c 200cxxxx 806f040c 200dxxxx 806f040c 200exxxx 806f040c 200fxxxx 806f040c 201 Oxxxx 806f040c 2011xxxx 806f040c 201 2xxxx 806f040c 201 3xxxx 806f040c 201 4xxxx 806f040c 201 5xxxx 806f040c 201 6xxxx 806f040c 201 7xxxx 806f040c 201 8xxxx Memory DIMM disabled for DIMM n Status n DIMM number Info DIMM disabled i Make sure the DIMM is installed correctly see module on page 250 If the DIMM was disa
174. and Message number 166 908 xxx Component MM Test IMM 12C Test State Failed Description Action The IMM indicates a failure in the PCA9567 bus Bus 7 1 10 11 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Trained technician only Reseat the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 201 801 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test canceled the system 2 UEFI programmed the memory controller with an invalid CBAR address 3
175. asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt imm_ip gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt host lt imm_ip gt e Bootable media You can also build a bootable media using the applications available through the Tools Center website at http publib boulder ibm com infocenter toolsctr V1r0 index jsp From the left pane click IBM System x and BladeCenter Tools Center then click Tool reference for the available tools 5 Restart the server Updating the DMI SMBIOS data The Desktop Management Interface DMI must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the DMI in the UEFI based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system You can download the ASU from the IBM website To download the ASU and update the DMI go to http www ibm com supportportal 1 ASU sets the DMI in the Integrated Management Module II IMM2 Select one of the following methods to access the Integrated Management Module II IMM2 to set the DMI Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access e Remote access to the target system LAN based e Bootable media containing ASU LAN or KCS depending upon the bootable media Copy a
176. at step must be performed only by a trained 806f01 Of 2201 xxxx The System 1 encountered a POST Hang 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error The System encountered a firmware hang Sensor Firmware Error 2 Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start see Power supply LEDs on page 35 Update the server firmware on the primary page Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Trained technician only Replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on 806f052b 2101xxxx Web interface messages IMM2 FW Failover has been detected Error Invalid or unsupported firmware or software was detected Make sure the server meets the minimum configuration to start see Power supply LEDs on page 35 Recover the server firmware from the backup page by restarting the server Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for
177. ata Rate modified from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 Info CIM_EthernetPort Speed 2 CIM_EthernetPort Speed 3 user ID A user has modified the Ethernet port data rate No action information only 40000004 00000000 Ethernet Duplex Info A user has No action information only setting modified from modified the 1 to 2 by user Ethernet port 3 duplex setting 1 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 2 CIM_EthernetPort FullDuplex 3 user ID 40000005 00000000 Ethernet MTU setting Info A user has No action information only modified from 1 to modified the 2 by user 3 1 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximum TransmissionUnit 2 CIM_EthernetPort ActiveMaximum TransmissionUnit 3 user ID Ethernet port MTU setting 93 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000006 00000000 Ethernet Duplex Info A user has No action information only setting modified from modified the 1 to 2 by user Ethernet port MAC 3 address setting 1 CIM_EthernetPort NetworkAddresses 2 CIM_EthernetPort NetworkAddresses 3 user ID 40000007 00000000 Ethernet interface 1 Info A
178. before restarting the server Make sure that the DIMMs have been installed in the correct sequence see Installing a memory module on page 250 34 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide is solved technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 51009 S 51009 No system No Memory Detected 41 Make sure that there is at least one DIMM memory has been detected 3 installed in the server If there are no memory fault recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LEDs are lit make sure that all DIMM connectors are enabled by using the Setup utility or the Advance Settings Utility ASU Reinstall all DIMMs in the correct population sequence see Installing a memory module on page 250 for more information Chapter 3 Diagnostics 35 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step mu
179. ber Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 Emulex dual port 10GbE SFP Embedded VFA III adapter 90Y5100 Emulex 10 GB adapter 95Y3766 Emulex dual port 10 GBase T embedded adapter 90Y5101 Dual port FDR embedded adapter 90Y6606 Mellanox ConnectX 3 VPI single port QSFP FDR14 40GbE HCA 0OW0039 Mellanox ConnectX 3 dual port QDR FDR10 mezz card 90Y4956 Mellanox ConnectX 3 EN dual port QSFP 40GbE adapter 95Y3461 Adapter DVI to VGA adapter 25R9043 ServeRAID M1015 46C8933 ServeRAID M1015 SAS SATA adapter 46M0861 ServeRAID B5015 SSD adapter 46M0970 ServeRAID M5120 SAS SATA adapter 81Y4479 ServeRAID M5100 Series 512 MB cache RAID 5 upgrade 81Y4485 ServeRAID M5100 Series 512 MB flash RAID 5 upgrade 46C9027 ServeRAID M5100 series 1 GB flash RAID 5 upgrade 46C9029 ServeRAID M5110 SAS SATA adapter 90Y4449 Battery 3 0 volt 33F8354 Thermal grease 41Y9292 Alcohol wipe 59P4739 Super cap pack 81Y4579 USB module kit 94Y6629 Advanced operator information panel kit 00D3863 Pike card 90Y5091 Power paddle card 69Y5787 Power adapter 44E8879 Intruder Pwr S 69Y2289 Tape 160 GB cartridge 46C5393 Tape 320 GB cartridge 46C5394 Tape 500 GB cartridge 46C5395 Cord power cord 39M5377 Cable 24 inch SATA 25R5635 Cable SAS Y cable 44E8878 Cable SAS Y cable 49Y9901 Cable USB 44E8883 Cable USB 1M 44E8893 Cable USB 46M6475 Cable USB 46M6477 Cable USB 81Y3643 Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server 185 Table 11 Parts listing Type 7915 contin
180. ble describes the IMM2 error messages and suggested actions to correct the detected problems For more information about IMM2 see the Integrated Management Module I User s Guide at http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp Indocid MIGR 5086346 Note Deassertive events not listed in this table are informational only Table 6 IMM2 error messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem Chroma Temp going high upper critical has asserted sensor going high has asserted is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Event ID Message Severity Description Action Temperature and fan messages 80010701 0b01xxxx Numeric sensor Warning An upper 1 Reduce the chroma temperature Cnroma Temp going non erica Sensa 2 Check the server airflow Make sure Migh upper going high has that nothing is blocking the air from non critical has asserted as Noming 9 coming into or preventing the air asserted Pe from exiting the server 80010701 0c01xxxx Numeric sensor Warning An upper 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Ambion Temp going non critical PONSI 2 Check the server airflow Make sure nigh upper going high has that nothing is blocking the air from non critical has asserted nove g P coming
181. bled because of a memory fault memory uncorrectable error or memory logging limit reached follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory event If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility ASU Chapter 3 Diagnostics 71 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f040c 2581xxxx Memory DIMM Info DIMM disabled 1 Make sure the DIMM is installed disabled for One of correctly see Pe ens module on page 250 2 If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault memory uncorrectable error or memory logging limit reached follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server 3 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory event If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility ASU 806f040c 2581xxxx Me
182. bm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The OVER SPEC LED on the 4 Disconnect the server power cords light path diagnostics panel is lit or the Pwr rail F error has 2 Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail F was detected been recorded in the IMM2 e Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 1 event log e PCI riser card assembly 1 Fan 4 e DIMMs 19 through 24 3 Restart the server If the Pwr rail F error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again trained technician only replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 4 Reinstall the components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time If the Pwr Rail F error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component e DIMMs 19 through 24 see Removing a memory module DIMM on page and Installing a memory module on page 250 e Fan 4 see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 25 e PCI riser card assembl Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 e Opt
183. bmit a request for information Symptom Action ta LED on 1 Disconnect the server power cords ight path giagnostics Pane Is 2 Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail D was detected lit or the Pwr rail D error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log 3 4 e Optional dual port network adaptor e Fan2 e DIMMs 7 through 12 Restart the server If the Pwr rail D error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again trained technician only replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 Reinstall the components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time If the Pwr Rail D error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component e DIMMs 7 through 12 see Removing a memory module DIMM on page and Installing a memory module on page 250 e Fan 2 see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 25 e Optional dual port network adaptor Follow actions in Solving power problems on page 175 if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit The OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit or the Pwr rail E error has been
184. boot and view the event logs Alternatively you can restart the server and press F1 to start the Setup utility and view the POST event log or system event log For more information see Viewing event logs from the Setup utility on page Clearing the error logs POST To clear the error logs complete the following steps Note The POST error log is automatically cleared each time the server is restarted 1 Turn on the server 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to view the error logs 3 Use one of the following procedures e To clear the IMM2 system event log select System Event Logs gt System Event Log Select Clear System Event Log then press Enter twice When you turn on the server it performs a series of tests to check the operation of the server components and some optional devices in the server This series of tests is called the power on self test or POST If a power on password is set you must type the password and press Enter when you are prompted for POST to run POST UEFI diagnostic codes The following table describes the POST UEFI diagnostic codes and suggested actions to correct the detected problems These diagnostic codes can appear as severe warning or informational e Severe S e Warning W e Informational 28 IBM System x365
185. censes and Attributions Documents This document is in PDF It contains information about the open source notices e Rack Installation Instructions This printed document contains instructions for installing the server in a rack e Safety Information This document is in PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD It contains translated caution and danger statements Each caution and danger statement that appears in the documentation has a number that you can use to locate the corresponding statement in your language in the Safety Information document Depending on the server model additional documentation might be included on the IBM Documentation CD The ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter is an online information center that contains information about tools for updating managing and deploying firmware device drivers and operating systems The ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter is at http publib boulder ibm com infocenter toolsctr v1 r0 index jsp Copyright IBM Corp 2012 5 The server might have features that are not described in the documentation that comes with the server The documentation might be updated occasionally to include information about those features or technical updates might be available to provide additional information that is not included in the server documentation These updates are available from the IBM website To check for updated documentation and technical updates go to http www ibm com
186. ch device one ata time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained technician onl the system board see Installing the system board on Chapter 3 Diagnostics 57 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80070603 0701 xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail D Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state See Power problems on page 115 for more information Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Remove the dual port network adaptor fan 2 and the DIMMs in connectors 7 through 12 Reinstall each device one ata time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained technician only Replace the system board see and page 292 80070603 0701 xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail E Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state See Power problems on page 115 for more information Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Remove optional DVD drive the hard disk drives and the DIMMs in connectors 1
187. ck for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit or the Pwr rail H error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log e 2 3 4 Disconnect the server power cords Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail H was detected e Optional PCI adaptor power cable if one is present e Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 2 e PCI riser card assembly 2 Restart the server If the Pwr rail H error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again trained technician only replace the system board see Reinstall the components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time If the Pwr Rail H error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component e PCI riser card assembl Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 e Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembl see Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 22 e Optional PCI adaptor power cable if one is present Follow actions in Solving power problems on page
188. compatible microprocessor c Check the system error logs for information about the error Replace any component that is identified in the error log 4 If the CONFIG LED and the MEM LED are lit check the system event log in the Setup utility or IMM2 error messages Follow steps indicated in POST on page 28 and Integrated management module II IMM2 erro messages on page 47 5 If the CONFIG LED and the HDD LED are lit check the system error logs for information about the error Replace any component that is identified in the error log LINK Reserved Chapter 3 Diagnostics 131 Table 7 Light path diagnostics panel LEDs continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician LED Description Action CPU When only the CPU LED is lita 4 If the CONFIG LED is not lit a microprocessor failure microprocessor has failed occurs complete the following steps When both the CPU LED and the oe cis CONFIG LED are lit the a Trained technician only Make sure that the failing ar micropr r and its heat sink which are indicat microprocessor configuration is oprocessor and its heat s Cm are indicated i by a lit LED on the system board are installed invalid T F correctly See Installing a
189. configuration procedures e Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when you install move or open covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect 1 Turn OFF all power sources and 1 Turn OFF all power sources and equipment that is to be attached to this equipment that is to be attached to this product product 2 Attach signal cables to the product e For ac systems remove all power cords from the chassis power receptacles or interrupt power at the ac power distribution unit 3 Attach power cords to the product e For ac systems use appliance inlets e For dc systems ensure correct polarity of 48 V dc connections RTN is and 48 V dc is Earth ground should use a two hole lug for safety For dc systems disconnect dc power sources at the breaker panel or by turning off the power source Then remove the dc cables 4 Attach signal cables to other devices 2 Remove the signal cables from the 5 Connect power cords to their sources connectors 6 Turn ON all the power sources 3 Remove all cables from the devices Statement 33 AA CAUTION This product does not provide a power control button Turning off blades or removing power modules and I O modules does not turn off electrical current to the product The product also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the product make sure that all power cords are disconnected
190. connect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 145 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 166 812 xxx Component MM Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C Test aborted a parameter is out of range Action a Turn
191. connection are correct 2 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 5 lf the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating thel firmware on page 297 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 170 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Tape alert flags If a tape drive is installed in the server go to http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdi
192. cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server w Doo gi e replacing Tier 1 CRUs Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation Note The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware Removing the fan bracket To replace some components or to create working room you might have to remove the fan bracket assembly Note To remove or install a fan it is not necessary to remove the fan bracket See Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a ot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 258 To remove the fan bracket complete the following steps Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 213 Fan bracket release latches 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 4 Remove the fans see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap Tan on page 5 Remove the PCI riser card assemblies see Removing a PCI riser card fassembly on page 278 6 Press the fan bracket release latches toward each other and lift the
193. cratic Republic of Latvia Lebanon Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia former Yugoslav Republic of Madagascar Mali Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Moldova Republic of Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Netherlands New Caledonia Niger Norway Poland Portugal Reunion Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Slovakia Slovenia Republic of Somalia Spain Suriname Sweden Syrian Arab Republic Tajikistan Tahiti Togo Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Ukraine Upper Volta Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vietnam Wallis and Futuna Yugoslavia Federal Republic of Zaire 39M5130 Denmark 39M5144 Bangladesh Lesotho Macao Maldives Namibia Nepal Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda 39M5151 Abu Dhabi Bahrain Botswana Brunei Darussalam Channel Islands China Hong Kong S A R Cyprus Dominica Gambia Ghana Grenada Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Liberia Malawi Malaysia Malta Myanmar Burma Nigeria Oman Polynesia Qatar Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sudan Tanzania United Republic of Trinidad and Tobago United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe 39M5158 Liechtenstein Switzerland 39M5165 Chile Italy Libyan Arab Jamahiriya 39M5172 Israel 39M5095 220 240 V Antigua and Barbuda
194. croprocessor 56 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80070603 0701xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail B Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state See Power problems on page 115 for more information Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Trained technician only Remove the microprocessor from socket 2 Trained technician only Reinstall the microprocessor in socket 2 and restart the server Trained technician only Replace the failing microprocessor Trained technician only Replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 80070603 0701xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail C Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state See Power problems on page 115 for more information Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Remove the adapter from PCI riser card assembly 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 fan 1 and the DIMMs in connectors 1 through 6 Reinstall ea
195. cs 89 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f000f 22010axx System encountered Error A system firmware This is a UEFI detected event The firmware error no error no video UEFI diagnostic code for this event can video device device has been be found in the logged IMM message detected detected text Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the UEFI diagnostic code section of the Info Center for the appropriate user response 806f000f 22010cxx CPU voltage Error A CPU voltage This is a UEFI detected event The mismatch detected mismatch with the UEFI diagnostic code for this event can on ABR Status socket voltage has be found in the logged IMM message Firmware Error been detected text Please refer to the UEFI diagnostic code in the UEFI diagnostic code section of the Info Center for the appropriate user response 806f000Ff 2201 fff The system Error A post error has No action information only encountered a POST been detected Error 806f000f 22010bxx The System 1 Error Firmware BIOS 1 Make sure the server meets the encountered a POST Error 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName ROM corruption was detected during POST Sensor ABR
196. ct a software problem see the information that comes with your software A single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or light path diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in a microprocessor or in a microprocessor socket See Microprocessor problems on page 110 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue restart the server and try running the diagnostic programs again If the problem remains replace the component that was being tested when the server stopped Diagnostic text messages Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results Passed The test was completed without any errors Failed The test detected an error Aborted The test could not proceed because of the server configuration Additional information concerning test failures is available in the extended diagnostic results for each test Viewing the test log To view the test log when the tests are completed type the view command in the DSA interactive menu or select Diagnostic Event Log in the graphical user interface To transfer DSA collections to an external USB device type
197. ction 15 Note When you install any PCI adapter the power cords must be disconnected from the power source before you remove the PCI Express riser card assembly and the PCI X riser card assembly Otherwise the Wake on LAN feature might not work e The integrated management module II IMM2 can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical system failure 16 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Internal connectors LEDs and jumpers The illustrations in this section show the LEDs connectors and jumpers on the internal boards The illustrations might differ slightly from your hardware System board internal connectors The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board PCI riser 10G Ethernet PCI riser NMI button connector2 connector Battery connector 1 P z T SAS 1 Video card power Eee P connector 1 mace ee te SAS 0 USB hypenisor i _RAID upgrade connector h _ connector Oran H mp cs a a E Power signal m E om a ret opra aer drive connector p d lil Q conan 2nd power supply ap E U i acd to system board d FH ets a iB Power supply connector g a 2nd power supply ARIA TS T Y AARBBR panel connector a SSS Operator information to system board Microprocessor 2 USB tape
198. ction column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f010d 0400xxxx 806f010d 0401 xxxx 806f010d 0402xxxx 806f010d 0403xxxx 806f010d 0404xxxx 806f010d 0405xxxx 806f010d 0406xxxx 806f010d 0407xxxx 806f010d 0408xxxx 806f010d 0409xxxx 806f010d 040axxxx 806f010d 040bxxxx 806f010d 040cxxxx 806f010d 040dxxxx 806f010d 040exxxx 806f010d 040fxxxx The Drive n Status has been disabled due to a detected fault n hard disk drive number Error A drive has been disabled because of a fault i Run the hard disk drive diagnostic test on drive n Reseat the following components a Hard disk drive wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling the drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Hard disk drive b Cable from the system board to the backplane c Hard disk drive backplane n hard disk drive number 806f020d 0400xxxx 806f020d 0401 xxxx 806f020d 0402xxxx 806f020d 0403xxxx 806f020d 0404xxxx 806f020d 0405xxxx 806f020d 0406xxxx 806f020d 0407xxxx 806f020d 0408xxxx 806f020d 0409xxxx 806f020d 040axxxx 806f020d 040bxxxx 806f020d 040cxxxx 806f020d 040dxxxx 806f020d 040exxxx 806f020d 040fxxxx 806f050d 0400xxxx 806f050d 0401 xxxx 806f050d 0402xxxx 806f050
199. d page 250 4 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see page 290 andfiinstalling the system board on page 292 5 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and 6 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see and neat sink on page 262 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 69 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f030c 2001 xxxx 806f030c 2002xxxx 806f030c 2003xxxx 806f030c 2004xxxx 806f030c 2005xxxx 806f030c 2006xxxx 806f030c 2007xxxx 806f030c 2008xxxx 806f030c 2009xxxx 806f030c 200axxxx 806f030c 200bxxxx 806f030c 200cxxxx 806f030c 200dxxxx 806f030c 200exxxx 806f030c 200fxxxx 806f030c 201 Oxxxx 806f030c 2011xxxx 806f030c 201 2xxxx 806f030c 201 3xxxx 806f030c 201 4xxxx 806f030c 201 5xxxx 806f030c 201 6xxxx 806f030c 201 7xxxx 806f030c 201 8xxxx Memory DIMM n Status Scrub failure detected n DIM
200. d 0403xxxx 806f050d 0404xxxx 806f050d 0405xxxx 806f050d 0406xxxx 806f050d 0407xxxx 806f050d 0408xxxx 806f050d 0409xxxx 806f050d 040axxxx 806f050d 040bxxxx 806f050d 040cxxxx 806f050d 040dxxxx 806f050d 040exxxx 806f050d 040fxxxx The Drive n Status has a predictive failure n hard disk drive number Array 1 is in critical condition 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Warning Error A predictive failure has been detected for drive n n hard disk drive number An array is ina critical state Sensor Drive n Status n hard disk drive 2 number Make sure that the RAID adapter firmware and hard disk drive firmware is at the latest level Make sure that the SAS cable is connected correctly Replace the SAS cable Replace the RAID adapter Replace the hard disk drive that is indicated by a lit status LED Chapter 3 Diagnostics 79 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f060d 0400xxxx 806f060d 0401 xxxx 806f060d 0402xxxx 806f060d 0403xxxx 806f060d 0404xxxx 806f060d 0405xxxx 806f060d 0406xxxx 806f060d 0407xxxx 806f060d 0408xxxx 806f060d 0409xxxx 806f060d 040axxxx 806f060d 040bxxxx 806f060d 040cxxxx 8
201. d in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action W 305800A W 305800A DRIVER DRIVER HEALTH 1 Restart the system BEALE ERO TOCOE FROTOCOL Mapolls 2 If the problem persists switch to the backu Reports Failed Status Failed Status i UEFI p P load th UEFI P Controller Controller gt mage orreigad the current image 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and jon page 292 W 305800B W 305800B DRIVER DRIVER HEALTH 1 No action required The system will reboot at HEALTH PROTOCOL PROTOCOL Reports the end of POST Reports Reboot Reboot Negquired 2 If the problem persists switch to the backup Required Coritroller Sonralar UEFI image or reload the current UEFI image 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board onl page 290 and jon page 292 W 305800C W 305800C DRIVER DRIVER HEALTH 1 Restart the system BERET F ROTOCOE PROTO A Reports 2 Ifthe problem persists switch to the backu Repons System System Shutdown l UEFI ae e sari the cu
202. d to the storage unit The failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or unidentifiable device One or more servers are located near the failing server Important If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster run one test at a time Do not run any suite of tests such as quick or normal tests because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed see Event logs on If the server is halted and no error message is displayed see Troubleshooting tables on page 103 and Solving undetermined problems on page 177 For information about power supply problems see Solving power problems on page 175 Event logs on page 26 and For intermittent problems check the error log see Diagnostic programs messages and error codes on page 137 Performing the checkout procedure To perform the checkout procedure complete the following steps i Is the server part of a cluster e No Go to step 2 e Yes Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster Go to step 2 2 Compl
203. de go to Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 143 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 166 808 xxx Component MM Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C test aborted reservation canceled or invalid reservation ID Action a Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sur
204. dicates a hot surface nearby gt Statement 26 gt CAUTION Do not place any object on top of rack mounted devices This server is suitable for use on an IT power distribution system whose maximum phase to phase voltage is 240 V under any distribution fault condition Statement 27 A Safety XV CAUTION Hazardous moving parts are nearby Xvi IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 1 Start here You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures in this Problem Determination and Service Guide and on the World Wide Web This document describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes The documentation that comes with your operating system and software also contains troubleshooting information Diagnosing a problem Before you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider follow these procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with your server Copyright IBM Corp 2012 if Return the server to the condition it was in before the problem occurred If any hardware software or firmware was changed before the problem occurred if possible reverse those changes This might include any of the following items e Hardware components e Device drivers and firmware e System software e UEFI firmware e S
205. dind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 152 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number 166 902 xxx Component IMM Test IMM 12C Test State Failed Description Action The IMM indicates a failure in the TPM bus Bus 2 1 10 1i Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on Run the test again Turn off the system a
206. dind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 405 901 xxx Ethernet Device Test MII Registers Failed 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CAL L 405 902 xxx Ethernet Device Test EEPROM Failed 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to
207. drive connector DIMM connectors Microprocessor 1 Mons Pa Video card power Fan3 Fan 2 Tape drive SAS SATA FrontUSB Fan1 connector 2 connector connector power backplane connector connector connector config connector 2 SAS SATA backplane config connector 1 Front video L connector HAB Fan 4 connector SAS SATA backplane power connector Chapter 2 Introduction 17 System board external connectors The following illustration shows the external input output connectors on the system board Ethernet 4 connector Ethernet 3 connector Dedicated systems oe 2 management connector USB 3 6 Serial Video Ethernet Ethernet 4 connectors connector connector connector connector A oom RET s ES a O ooooooo000 ooo0000000 D000000000 DO00IO00OD g E ANS aaa f 3 i E m
208. ds 3 Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4 Replace the adapters 5 Replace the riser cards is Chapter 3 Diagnostics 83 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0513 2582xxxx A PCI SERR has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A PCI SERR has occurred Sensor PCls k D o Check the PCI LED See more information about the PCI LED in Light path diagnostics LEDs on page 129 Reseat the affected adapters and riser card Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the adapter is supported For a list of supported optional devices see http www ibm
209. ds You must press F1 quickly If you have set both a power on password and an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu From the Setup utility main menu select System Settings On the next screen select Integrated Management Module On the next screen select Network Configuration Find the IP address and write it down 308 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 7 Exit from the Setup utility Logging on to the web interface To log onto the web interface to use the remote presence functions complete the following steps 1 Open a web browser on a computer that connects to the server and in the address or URL field type the IP address or host name of the IMM to which you want to connect Note The IMM2 defaults to DHCP If a DHCP host is not available the IMM2 assigns a static IP address of 192 168 70 125 2 On the Login page type the user name and password If you are using the IMM for the first time you can obtain the user name and password from your system administrator All login attempts are documented in the event log Note The IMNM2 is set initially with a user name of USERID and password of PASSWORD password with a zero not the letter O You have read write access You must change the default password the first time you log on 3 On the Welcome page type a timeout value in minutes in the field that is provided The I
210. duplicated source and turn on the system request 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see fUpieting fhe fimuware on pagel 6 Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 819 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted a to reset the IMM command response 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power could not source and turn on the system be 3 Run the test again provided 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the SDR the latest level of DSA code go to hae update 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level mode The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 149 Table 9
211. dvanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in the UEFI based server The ASU is an online tool that supports several operating systems Make sure that you download the version for your operating system You can download the ASU from the IBM website To download the ASU and update the UUID go to http www ibm com supportportal 1 Download the Advanced Settings Utility ASU a Go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay amp lndocid TOOL b Scroll down to Configuration and click Advanced Settings Utility c In the next window under Related Information click the Advanced Settings Utility link and download the ASU version for your operating system 2 ASU sets the UUID in the Integrated Management Module II IMM2 Select one of the following methods to access the Integrated Management Module II IMM2 to set the UUID Online from the target system LAN or keyboard console style KCS access e Remote access to the target system LAN based e Bootable media containing ASU LAN or KCS depending upon the bootable media 3 Copy and unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required e For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat e For Linux based operating systems cdc_inter
212. e oo A il og uk Configuration cable Power cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing for the hard disk drive power cable MAE i P gan l ig SAS SATA backplane power cable m i Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 203 Hard disk drive cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the two SAS
213. e Set the power on password Reconfigure the server See Using the Setup utility on page 301 for details Either update the server with the latest RAID firmware or restore the pre existing firmware from a diskette or CD image see Updating the firmware on page e Update the UUID see Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on page fais Im up Update the DMI SMBIOS see Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 317 portant Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code dates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 295 296 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions This chapter provides information about updating the firmware and using the configuration utilities Updating the firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code You can install code updates that are packaged as an UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress CD image An UpdateXpress System Pack contains an integration tested bundle of online firmware and device dri
214. e 3 Select System Settings Network or Storage depending on the type of your adapters Note Select System Settings gt Adapters and UEFI drivers for UEFI 2 0 and prior compliant adapters and drivers installed in the server 4 Select Please refresh this page on the first visit and press Enter 5 Select LSI controller_driver_name Driver and press Enter where controller_driver_name is the name of the SAS SATA controller driver For the SAS SATA controller driver name see the documentation that comes with your controller 6 To perform storage management tasks follow the procedures in the documentation that comes with the SAS SATA controller When you have finished changing settings press Esc to exit from the program select Save to save the settings that you have changed Formatting a hard disk drive Low level formatting removes all data from the hard disk If there is data on the disk that you want to save back up the hard disk before you perform this procedure Note Before you format a hard disk make sure that the disk is not part of a mirrored pair To format a drive complete the following steps 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drive that you want to format and press Enter 2 Select SAS Topology and press Enter Select Direct Attach Devices and press Enter 4 To highlight the drive that you want to format use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys To scroll left and right us
215. e Trained technician only Microprocessor 2 see and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink lon page 282 Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit 116 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The OVER SPEC LED on the 4 Disconnect the server power cords light path diagnostics panel is lit or the Pwr rail C error has 2 Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail C was detected been recorded in the IMM2 e Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 1 event log e PCI riser card assembly 1 e Fan 1 e DIMMs 1 through 6 3 Restart the server If the Pwr rail C error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again trained technician only replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 4 Reinstall the components one at a time in the order shown res
216. e You can order the optional IBM Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade if one did not come with your server For more information about how to enable the remote presence function see Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture on e VMware ESXi embedded hypervisor The VMware ESXi embedded hypervisor is available on the server models that come with an installed USB embedded hypervisor flash device The USB flash device is installed in the USB connector on the SAS SATA RAID riser card Hypervisor is virtualization software that enables multiple operating systems to run on a host system at the_same time For more information about using the embedded hypervisor see Using the embedded hypervisor on page 310 e Ethernet controller configuration For information about configuring the Ethernet controller see Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller on page 311 IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Use this program as an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the Setup utility For more information about using this program see IBM Advanced Settings Utility program on page 313 LSI Configuration Utility program Use the LSI Configuration Utility progra
217. e number Component _ Test State Description Action 215 803 xxx Optical Drive Verify Failed The disc 4 wait for the system activity to stop Media might pe 2 Run the test again Installed in use by Read the 3 Turn off and restart the system Rea Write Test system 4 Run the test again lt Self Test 5 Replace the DVD drive 6 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more Messages troubleshooting information at http www ibm com and actions systems support supportsite wss apply to all docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL three tests 215 901 xxx Optical Drive Verify Aborted Drive 1 Insert a CD DVD into the DVD drive or try a new media Media ae i and wait for 15 seconds no Installed d tected Run the test again Read Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken Write Test connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable Self Test if it is damaged 4 Run the test again Messages a Pagan F and actions 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to apply to all http www ibm com support three tests docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 215 902 xxx Optical Drive Verify Failed Read 1 Insert a CD DVD into the DVD drive or try a new media Media miscompar
218. e 115 for more information Turn off the server and disconnect it from power Remove the optional PCI adaptor power cable fan 3 the hard disk drives and the hard disk drive backplane Reinstall each device one ata time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device Replace the failing device Trained technician onl the system board see he system board on page 290 Installing the system board on Chapter 3 Diagnostics 59 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem 80070603 0701 xxxx Sensor Pwr Rail H Fault has transitioned to non recoverable Error A sensor has changed to Nonrecoverable state 1 See Power problems on page 115 for more information 2 Turn off the server and disconnect it from power 3 Remove the optional PCI adaptor power cable the adaptor from the PCI riser card assembly 2 and the PCI riser card assembly 2 4 Reinstall each device one at a time starting the server each time to isolate the failing device 5 Replace the failing device 6 Trained technician only Replace the system board see he system board on page 290 Installing the system board
219. e 194 Align the backplate with the backplate slot in the chassis and the small slots on top of the hard disk drive cage Lower the backplate into the slots on the chassis Rotate the top of the backplate until the front tab clicks into place into the latches on the chassis Insert the hard disk drives and the fillers the rest of the way into the bays Replace the fan bracket and fans if you removed them see and Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 243 Removing an optional CD RW DVD drive To remove an optional CD RW DVD drive complete the following steps Release tab 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Slide the server out of the rack then remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 4 Press the release tab down to release the drive then while you press the tab push the drive toward the front of the server 5 From the front of the server pull the drive out of the bay Drive retention clip Alignment pins 6 Remove the drive retention clip from the drive 7 If you are instructed to ret
220. e IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on Run the test again Disconnect the system from the power source Trained technician only Reseat the system board Oo oN Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 154 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and Message number 166 904 xxx Component IMM Test IMM 12C Test State Failed Description Action The IMM indicates a failure in the PCA9543 bus Bus 3 1 10 1i Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power
221. e ServerProven website at detected for one or Speed http www ibm com systems info x86servers more processor serverproven compat us packages 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on age 282 i ge N 1 1800A l 1800A A mismatch Processors have 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the has been detected mismatched Bus ServerProven website at between the speed at Speed http Awww ibm com systems info x86servers a link has serverproven compat us trai t t F s ie eer ene 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware packages update and update the server firmware to the i latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on age 282 Ke i Chapter 3 Diagnostics 31 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained tech
222. e Uncorrected Error 4 Check the riser card LEDs Uncorrected POle Error Detected 2 Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards has Occurred at Bus i P Device Function 3 Update the PCI adapter firmware The Vendor ID for the 4 Replace the affected adapters and riser cards device is and the Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI Device ID is riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 5 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 1 2018002 2018002 The device OUT_OF_RESOURCES 4 Run the Setup utilit see Using the Setup found at Bus Device PCI Option ROM utility on page 301 Select Startup Options Function could from the menu and modify the boot sequence not be configured due to change the load order of the to resource constraints optional device ROM code The Vendor ID for the 2 Inf ti that some devi device is and the pee dieu Horo tee Device ID is 9 a a 3 See retain tip H197144 http 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay Indocid migr 5084743 for more information 1 2018003 2018003 A bad ROM CHECKSUM 1 Check the riser card LEDs option ROM checksum ERROR was detected for tha 2 Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards device found at Bus 3 Move the affected adapter to a different slot Dev
223. e events see Event logs on page 26 failed over to to the mirrored copy 1 580A6 580A6 Memory Spare Copy Complete Information only Memory redundancy or spare spare copy has rank has been lost Check the event log for completed successfully uncorrected DIMM failure events see Evend logs on page 26 1 58015 1 58015 Memory Spare Copy Started No action information only spare copy initiated W 68002 W 68002 A CMOS CMOS Battery Fault battery error has been detected 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error 2 Replace the CMOS battery see the battery on page 273 and Installing the battery on page 275 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board n page 292 39 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action S 68005 S 68005 An er
224. e installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 6 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 901 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Failed The IMM indicates a failure in the HBS 2117 bus Bus 0 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 6 Run the test again 7 Shut down the system and remove the power cords from the server 8 Trained technician only Reseat the system board 9 Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system 10 Run the test again 11 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay bran
225. e light path diagnostics LEDs see Light path diagnostics on page 124 2 Remove the software or device that you just added 3 Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the server is running correctly 4 Reinstall the new software or new device DVD drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The optional DVD drive is not 1 recognized Make sure that e The SATA channel to which the DVD drive is attached primary is enabled in the Setup utility All cables and jumpers are installed correctly see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 e The signal cable and connector are not damaged and the connector pins are not bent All damaged parts are repaired or replaced e The correct device driver is installed for the DVD drive 2 Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs and select the optical drive test See 3 Reseat the following components a DVD drive b DVD drive cable 4 Replace the components listed in step 3 one at a time in the order shown res
226. e or a bulging capacitor e Mechanical hazards such as loose or missing hardware To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions complete the following steps 1 Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected 2 Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged loose or broken and observe any sharp edges 3 Check the power cord e Make sure that the third wire ground connector is in good condition Use a meter to measure third wire ground continuity for 0 1 ohm or less between the external ground pin and the frame ground e Make sure that the power cord is the correct type as specified in Powe cords on page 188 e Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn 4 Remove the cover 5 Check for any obvious non IBM alterations Use good judgment as to the safety of any non IBM alterations 6 Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions such as metal filings contamination water or other liquid or signs of fire or smoke damage 7 Check for worn frayed or pinched cables 8 Make sure that the power supply cover fasteners screws or rivets have not been removed or tampered with Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment viii Observe the following guidelines when you service electrical equipment e Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors nongrounded power extension cords and missing safety grounds e Use only approved tools and test equipm
227. e service and support You can receive hardware service through your IBM reseller or IBM Services To locate a reseller authorized by IBM to provide warranty service go to E a e click Find a Business Partner on the right side of the page For IBM support telephone numbers soe P T E Padd In the U S and Canada call 1 800 IBM SERV 1 800 426 7378 In the U S and Canada hardware service and support is available 24 hours a day 7 days a week In the U K these services are available Monday through Friday from 9 a m to 6 p m IBM Taiwan product service 322 eae BM m HB Hi kes 7X a VS Bd BR PaaS St am A Ut H GAL APACER 7 SE i 0800 016 888 IBM Taiwan product service contact information IBM Taiwan Corporation 3F No 7 Song Ren Rd Taipei Taiwan Telephone 0800 016 888 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Appendix B Notices Trademarks This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A IBM may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual prope
228. e system error logs for information about the error Replace any component that is identified in the error log NMI A nonmaskable interrupt has 1 Check the system error log for information about the error occurred or the NMI button was 2 Restart th ae pressed estart the server 130 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 7 Light path diagnostics panel LEDs continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician LED Description Action CONFIG A hardware configuration error 1 If the CONFIG LED and the PS LED are lit the system has occurred issues an invalid power configuration error Make sure that both power supplies installed in the server are of the same rating or wattage 2 If the CONFIG LED and the PCI LED are lit check the system error logs for information about the error Replace any component that is identified in the error log 3 If the CONFIG LED and the CPU LED are lit complete the following steps to correct the problem a Check the microprocessors that were just installed to make_sure that they are compatible with each other ee Esai a moreso and heat so page 282 for additional information about microprocessor requirements b Trained technician only Replace the in
229. e that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 809 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted request data was truncated N Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 144 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved
230. e the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys or the End key Press Alt D 5 To start the low level formatting operation select Format and press Enter w Creating a RAID array of hard disk drives To create a RAID array of hard disk drives complete the following steps 1 From the list of adapters select the controller channel for the drives that you want to mirror 2 Select RAID Properties Select the type of array that you want to create 4 Use the arrow keys to highlight the first drive in the pair then press the Minus or Plus key to change the mirror value to Primary 5 Continue to select the next drive using the Minus or Plus key until you have selected all the drives for your array 6 Press C to create the disk array 7 Select Apply changes and exit menu to create the array w IBM Advanced Settings Utility program The IBM Advanced Settings Utility ASU program is an alternative to the Setup utility for modifying UEFI settings Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings from the command line without the need to restart the system to access the Setup utility Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 313 You can also use the ASU program to configure the optional remote presence features or other IMM2 settings The remote presence features provide enhanced systems management capabilities In addition the ASU program provides limited settings for configuring the IP
231. e the adapter from the package 7 Align the adapter so that the port connectors on the adapter line up with the pin and thumbscrew on the chassis then align the connector of the adapter with the adapter connector on the system board Network adapter Captive screws Retention brackets Pin Network adapter connector 8 Press the adapter firmly until the pin standoffs and retention brackets engage the adapter Make sure the adapter is securely seated on the connector on the system board 228 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 9 10 11 12 13 14 Attention Make sure the port connectors on the adapter are aligned properly with the chassis on the rear of the server An incorrectly seated adapter might cause damage to the system board or the adapter Fasten the thumbscrew Reinstall the PCI riser card assembly in PCI riser connector 2 if you have removed it previously see Installing a PCI riser card assembly on page 219 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Removing an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter Before removing an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter complete the following steps for correct configuration te 2 3 Boot to webbios and delete all configurations In controller properties of
232. e type of ac power supply that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a power supply Make sure that the devices that you are installing are supported For a list of supported optional devices for the server see http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Before you install an additional power supply or replace a power supply with one of a different wattage you may use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption For more information and to download the utility go to http www 03 ibm com systems bladecenter resources powerconfig html The server comes with one hot swap 12 volt output power supply that connects to power supply bay 1 The input voltage is 100 127 V ac or 200 240 V ac auto sensing Power supplies in the server must be with the same power rating or wattage to ensure that the server will operate correctly For example you cannot mix 750 watt and 900 watt power supplies in the server Power supply 1 is the default primary power supply If power supply 1 fails you must replace the power supply immediately You can order an optional power supply for redundancy Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 259 e These power supplies are designed for parallel operation In the event of a power supply failure the redundant power supply continues to power the system The server supports a maximum of two power supplies
233. e you install or remove a DIMM memory configuration Population you must disconnect the server from the power Unsupported DIMM source then wait 10 seconds before restarting Population detected the server Please verify memory 1 Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server see configuration is valid Removing a memory module DIMM on and Installing a memory module 2 Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in the proper sequence see Installing a memory module on page 250 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 37 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 58008 S 58008 A DIMM has DIMM Failed Memory Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM failed the POST memory test Test you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Make sure that the DIMMs are firmly
234. ear of the server Make sure that the rear connectors extend through the rear of the chassis 2 Reconnect to the system board the cables that you disconnected in step 10 of Removing the system board on page 290 see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 3 Rotate the system board thumbscrews toward the rear of the server until the latch clicks into place 4 Install the fans Install each microprocessor with its matching heat sink see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 6 Install the DIMMs see Installing a memory module on page 250 7 Install the air baffle see Installing the air baffle on page 208 making sure that all cables are out of the way 8 If necessary install the Ethernet adapter 294 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 9 10 11 12 13 14 Im If necessary install the virtual media key Install the PCI riser card assemblies and all adapters see Installing a PCI riser card assembly on page 219 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Push the power supplies back into the server Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server portant Perform the following updates Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration Set the system date and tim
235. ect this choice to reset IMM2 System Security Select this choice to view or configure Trusted Platform Module TPM support Adapters and UEFI Drivers Select this choice to view information about the UEFI 1 10 and UEFI 2 0 compliant adapters and drivers installed in the server Date and Time Select this choice to set the date and time in the server in 24 hour format hour minute second This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only Start Options Select this choice to view or change the start options including the startup sequence PXE boot option and PCI device boot priority Changes in the startup options take effect when you start the server The startup sequence specifies the order in which the server checks devices to find a boot record The server starts from the first boot record that it finds If the server has Wake on LAN hardware and software and the operating system supports Wake on LAN functions you can specify a startup sequence for the Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 303 Wake on LAN functions For example you can define a startup sequence that checks for a disc in the CD RW DVD drive then checks the hard disk drive and then checks a network adapter This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only e Boot Manager Select this choice to view add delete or change the device boot priority boot from a file select a one time boot or reset the boot order to the default se
236. ected to the server and to a working electrical outlet e The type of memory that is installed is correct e The DIMMs are fully seated e The LEDs on the power supply do not indicate a problem e The microprocessors are installed in the correct sequence Reseat the following components a DIMMs b Power supplies c Trained technician only Power switch connector Replace the components listed in step 5 one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time Continued on the next page The power control button does not work and the reset button does not work the server does not start 7 If you just installed an optional device remove it and restart the server If the server now starts you might have installed more devices than the power supply supports See Power supply LEDs on page 135 See Solving undetermined problems on page 177 115 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action ta LED on m 1 Disconnect the serv
237. ed on while the cover is off to look at light path diagnostics LEDs or replace hot swap components Follow these guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on e Avoid wearing loose fitting clothing on your forearms Button long sleeved shirts before working inside the server do not wear cuff links while you are working inside the server e Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server e Remove jewelry such as bracelets necklaces rings and loose fitting wrist watches e Remove items from your shirt pocket such as pens and pencils that could fall into the server as you lean over it e Avoid dropping any metallic objects such as paper clips hairpins and screws into the server Handling static sensitive devices Attention Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices To avoid damage keep static sensitive devices in their static protective packages until you are ready to install them To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge observe the following precautions e Limit your movement Movement can cause static electricity to build up around you e The use of a grounding system is recommended For example wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap if one is available Always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the power on e Handle the device carefully holding it by its edges or
238. ee Removing the cover on page 205 Remove the following components and place them on a static protective surface for reinstallation e The riser card assemblies with adapters see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 If an Ethernet adapter is installed in the server remove it 290 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 9 10 11 12 Remove the air baffle see Removing the air baffle on page 206 Important Before you remove the DIMMs note which DIMMs are in which connectors You must install them in the same configuration on the replacement system board Remove all DIMMs and place them on a static protective surface for reinstallation see Removing a memory module DIMM on page 250 Remove the fans see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 Disconnect all cables from the system board see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 Attention e In the following step do not allow the thermal grease to come in contact with anything and keep each heat sink paired with its microprocessor for reinstallation Contact with any surface can compromise the thermal grease and the microprocessor socket a mismatch between the microprocessor and its original heat sink can require the installation of a new heat sink e Disengage all latches release tabs or locks on cable connectors when you disconnect a
239. elines 191 installing 240 VA safety cover 212 battery 275 bezel 211 CD RW DVD drive 245 cover 206 DIMM 250 DIMM air baffle 208 DIMMs 256 dual motor hot swap fan 258 dual port network adapter 225 DVD drive cable 246 fan bracket 215 hard disk drive 237 heat sink 282 286 heat sink retention module 289 hot swap ac power supply 259 hot swap dc power supply 266 hot swap drive 237 memory 250 microprocessor 282 operator information panel 278 optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder 209 PCI adapter 222 PCI riser card 219 SAS hard disk drive backplane 240 SAS hard disk drive backplate 242 ServeRAID adapter remote battery 232 272 ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder 235 ServeRAID upgrade adapter 230 simple swap drive 239 simple swap hard disk drive 238 system board 292 tape drive 249 USB hypervisor memory key 217 integrated functions 7 integrated management module II error messages 47 event log 26 27 programs 298 using 307 intermittent problems 107 internal cable routing 194 IP address obtaining for IMM2 308 IPMI event log 26 27 IPMItool 27 Index 333 J jumpers and switches on the system board 19 L LED Ethernet activity 10 IMM heartbeat 136 IN OK power 13 OUT OK power 14 power on 10 rear 14 RTMM heartbeat 136 system information 10 system locator 10 system error 10 LEDs 14 ac power 13 Ethernet activity 13 Ethernet link status 13 light path diagnostics 129 locator 14 power supply 135 pow
240. em is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80070201 0301 xxxx 80070201 0302xxxx Sensor CPU n OverTemp has transitioned to critical from a less severe state n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed to critical state from a less severe state Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed Check the ambient temperature You must be operating within the specifications see specifications on page 7 for more information Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor nis installed correctly Trained technician only Replace microprocessor n see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on ipage 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on n microprocessor number 80070301 0301 xxxx 80070301 0302xxxx Sensor CPU n OverTemp has transitioned to non recoverable from a less severe state n microprocessor number Error A sensor has changed to non recoverable state from a less severe state 1 Make sure that the fans are operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server that the
241. em canceled the Run the test again memory 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level controller The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event fast scrub log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For operation more information see Updating the firmware on page was not completed 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 201 807 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test Turn off and restart the system canceled the Run the test again memory 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level controller The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event buffer free log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For request more information see Updating the firmware on page failed 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 201 808 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test Turn off and restart the system canceled memory Run the test again controller 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level display The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event alter buffer log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For execute more information see Updating the fir
242. em and disconnect it from the power source Reseat DIMM z Reconnect the system to power and turn on the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again Replace the failing DIMMs Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using Run the test again Replace the failing DIMM Re enable all memory in the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 202 801 xxx Memory Memory Stress Test Aborted Internal program error Turn off and restart the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again
243. emains lit during the rebuild process If the yellow LED remains lit see Hard disk drive problems on page 104 Note You might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you install hard disk drives See the RAID documentation on the IBM ServeRAID Support CD for information about RAID controllers Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 239 Removing the SAS hard disk drive backplane To remove the SAS hard disk drive backplane complete the following steps Hard disk drive backplane Configuration cable Power cable 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables 3 Slide the server out of the rack 4 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 5 Pull the hard disk drives or fillers out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplane See Removing a hot swap hard disk drive on page 236 for details 6 To obtain more working room remove the fans see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 7 Lift the backplane out of the server by pulling it toward the rear of the server and then lifting it up 8 Disconnect the backplane power cable SAS signal cable and configuration cable see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 9 If you are instructed to return
244. en capture Configuration save and restore PCI configuration data Boot sequence manipulation The IMM2 also provides the following remote server management capabilities through the OSA SMBridge management utility program Command line interface IPMI Shell The command line interface provides direct access to server management functions through the IPMI 2 0 protocol Use the command line interface to issue commands to control the server power view system information and identify the server You can also save one or more commands as a text file and run the file as a script Serial over LAN Establish a Serial over LAN SOL connection to manage servers from a remote location You can remotely view and change the UEFI settings restart the server identify the server and perform other management functions Any standard Telnet client application can access the SOL connection Obtaining the IP address for the IMM2 To access the web interface you need the IP address for IMM2 You can obtain the IMM2 IP address through the Setup utility The server comes with a default IP address for the IMM2 of 192 168 70 125 To locate the IP address complete the following steps Ts one w Turn on the server Note Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 This prompt is displayed on the screen for only a few secon
245. en the dc power LED is lit it indicates that the power supply is supplying adequate dc power to the system During typical operation both the ac and dc power LEDs are lit For any other combination of LEDs see the Problem Determination and Service Guide on the IBM Documentation CD IN OK power LED Each hot swap dc power supply has an IN OK power LED When the IN OK power LED is lit it indicates that sufficient power is coming into the power supply through the power cord During typical operation both the IN OK and OUT OK power LEDs are lit For any other combination of LEDs see the Problem Determination and Service Guide on the IBM System x Documentation CD Chapter 2 Introduction 13 OUT OK power LED Each hot swap dc power supply has an OUT OK power LED When the OUT OK power LED is lit it indicates that the power supply is supplying adequate dc power to the system During typical operation both the IN OK and OUT OK power LEDs are lit For any other combination of LEDs see the Problem Determination and Service Guide on the IBM System x Documentation CD Power supply error LED When the power supply error LED is lit it indicates that the power supply has failed Note Power supply 1 is the default primary power supply If power supply 1 fails you must replace the power supply immediately System error LED When this LED is lit it indicates that a system error has occurred An LED on the light path diagnostics panel is also lit to
246. ent Some hand tools have handles that are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live electrical currents e Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational condition Do not use worn or broken tools or testers IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if it touches a live electrical circuit Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic discharge Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has hazardous voltages Locate the emergency power off EPO switch disconnecting switch or electrical outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical accident Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection work near power supplies or remove or install main units Before you work on the equipment disconnect the power cord If you cannot disconnect the power cord have the customer power off the wall box that supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit Check it to make sure that it has been disconnected If you have to work on
247. ents ElementName 2 e IMM main Web or LegacyCLI application O a ARAD IMM boot ROM Server firmware UEFI e Diagnostics e System power backplane e Remote expansion enclosure power backplane Integrated service processor e Remote expansion enclosure processor 40000024 00000000 Flash of 1 from 2_ Info An attempt to Try to update the firmware again failed for user 3 update a firmware 1 component from CIM_ManagedElement the interface and ElementName 2 IP address has Web or LegacyCLl failed 3 user ID 40000025 00000000 The Chassis Event Info The IMM event log To avoid losing older log entries save Log CEL on system is 75 full When the log as a text file and clear the log 1 is 75 full the log is full older 1 log entries are CIM_ComputerSystem replaced by newer ElementName ones 40000026 00000000 The Chassis Event Info The IMM event log To avoid losing older log entries save Log CEL on system 1 is 100 full 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName is full When the log is full older log entries are replaced by newer ones the log as a text file and clear the log 100 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem had 2 login failures from an SSH clie
248. ephone numbers 322 tools diagnostic 25 weight 7 ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter 5 working inside server 193 trademarks 323 troubleshooting 3 turning off the server 15 turning on the server 14 two DIMM per channel 2DPC requirement 252 U undetermined problems 177 undocumented problems 3 United States electronic emission Class A notice 326 United States FCC Class A notice 326 Universal Serial Bus USB problems 124 UpdateXpress 2 297 updating firmware 297 IBM Systems Director 314 server firmware 282 Systems Director IBM 314 USB connector 10 12 USB hypervisor memory key installing 217 removing 216 using embedded hypervisor 310 IMM2 307 integrated management module II 307 remote presence feature 309 the LSI Configuration Utility program 312 the Setup utility 301 utility Setup 301 Utility program IBM Advanced Settings 313 utility Setup 298 V video adapter 222 problems 110 Index 337 338 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Part Number 00V9819 Printed in USA 1P P N 00V9819
249. equipment shall be located in the same immediate area such as adjacent cabinets as any other equipment that has a connection between the earthed conductor of the same dc supply circuit and the earthing conductor and also the point of earthing of the dc system The dc system shall not be earthed elsewhere The dc supply source shall be located within the same premises as this equipment Switching or disconnecting devices shall not be in the earthed circuit conductor between the dc source and the point of connection of the earthing electrode conductor Statement 31 AA Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 267 DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm e Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded power source e Connect to properly wired power sources any equipment that will be attached to this product e When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables e Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage e Disconnect the attached ac power cords dc power sources network connections telecommunications systems and serial cables before you open the device covers unless you are instructed otherwise in the installation and
250. equipment that has exposed electrical circuits observe the following precautions Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power off controls is near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary When you are working with powered on electrical equipment use only one hand Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock When you use a tester set the controls correctly and use the approved probe leads and accessories for that tester Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal floor strips and equipment frames Use extreme care when you measure high voltages To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies pumps blowers fans and motor generators do not service these components outside of their normal operating locations If an electrical accident occurs use caution turn off the power and send another person to get medical aid Safety ix Safety statements X Important Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a number This number is used to cross reference an English language caution or danger statement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the Safety Information document For example if a caution statement is labeled Statement 1 translations for that caution statement are in the Safety Informati
251. er card assembly on page 218 Loosen the thumbscrew on the rear of the chassis Network adapter Captive screws Screw holes Retention brackets adapter connector Grasp the network adapter and disengage it from the pin standoffs retention brackets and the connector on the system board then lift the adapter out of the port openings on the rear of the chassis and remove it from the server 224 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 7 If you are instructed to return the network adapter follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the optional dual port network adapter You can purchase one of the following dual port network adapters to add two additional network ports in the server To order a dual port network adapter option contact your IBM marketing representative or authorized reseller Table 13 Supported dual port network adapters on the network connector Option part FRU part Dual port network adapter number number Remark Mellanox ConnectX 3 dual port 90Y6338 90Y4956 QDR FDR10 mezz card Qlogic dual port 10GbE SFP 90Y6454 90Y5099 Two microprocessors Embedded VFA installed required Emulex dual port 10GbE SFP 90Y6456 90Y5100 Embedded VFA III Dual port FDR embedded adapter 00D4143 90Y6606 The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and
252. er control button and power on LED Press this button to turn the server on and off manually The states of the power on LED are as follows Off Power is not present or the power supply or the LED itself has failed Flashing rapidly 4 times per second The server is turned off and is not ready to be turned on The power control button is disabled This will last approximately 5 to 10 seconds Flashing slowly once per second The server is turned off and is ready to be turned on You can press the power control button to turn on the server Lit The server is turned on e Ethernet activity LEDs When any of these LEDs is lit they indicate that the server is transmitting to or receiving signals from the Ethernet LAN that is connected to the Ethernet port that corresponds to that LED e System locator button LED Use this blue LED to visually locate the server among other servers A system locator LED is also on the rear of the server This LED is used as a presence detection button as well You can use IBM Systems Director or IMM2 web interface to light this LED remotely This LED is controlled by the IMM2 The locator button is pressed to visually locate the server among the others servers e Check log LED When this yellow LED is lit it indicates that a system error has occurred Check the error log for additional information See Event logs on page 26 for information about the error logs e System error LED When this yellow LED i
253. er critical has has asserted 2 Check UG server airilow Make SS that nothing is blocking the air from asserted vo i coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 1405xxxx Sensor DIMM EF VR Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Temp going high upper non recoverable has asserted non recoverable sensor going high has asserted that nothing is blocking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 49 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010701 1406xxxx Sensor DIMM GH VR Warning An upper Reduce the ambient temperature T Bae eae high ete ene sensor o Check the server airflow Make sure upper non critical going high has ihat nothing is blockinaithe airt has asserted asserted Ar NONNI D Ee Sg E AE Tam coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010901 1406xxxx Sensor DIMM GH VR Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high sensor going high upper critical has has asserted Check the A airlow Make outs that nothing is blocking the air from asserted age f coming into or preventing the
254. er power cords i be ae arene 2 Trained technician only Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail A was detected been recorded in the IMM2 3 Trained service technicians only Replace the system board see Removing event log the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 4 Reinstall the component then restarting the server If the Pwr rail A error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component Trained technician only Microprocessor 1 see and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 5 Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit a ea SPEC LED on e 1 Disconnect the server power cords ight path diagnostics panel is er i lit or the Pwr rail B error has 2 Trained technician only Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail B was detected been recorded in the IMM2 3 Restart the server If the Pwr rail B error has been recorded in the IMM2 event event log 4 log again trained technician only replace the system board see the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 Reinstall the component then restarting the server If the Pwr Rail B error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component
255. er resets restarts occasionally If the reset occurs during POST and the POST watchdog timer is enabled click System Settings gt Integrated Management Module gt POST Watchdog Timer in the Setup utility to see the POST watchdog setting make sure that sufficient time is allowed in the watchdog timeout value POST Watchdog Timer If the server continues to reset during POST see diagnostic codes on page 28 and Running the diagnostic programs on page If the reset occurs after the operating system starts disable any automatic server restart ASR utilities such as the IBM Automatic Server Restart IPMI Application for Windows or any ASR devices that are be installed Note ASR utilities operate as operating system utilities and are related to the IPMI device driver If the reset continues to occur after the operating system starts the operating system might have a problem see Software problems on page 123 If neither_condition applies check the system error log or IMM2 system event log see Event logs on page 26 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 107 Memory problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician e For additional memory troubleshooting information refer to the Troubleshooting Memor
256. er supply error 14 rear view 12 riser card assembly 23 system board 21 system error 14 LEDs front 9 LEDs system pulse 136 legacy operating system requirement 301 License Agreement for Machine Code 5 Licenses and Attributions Documents 5 light path diagnostics 1 124 LEDs 129 panel 125 127 light path diagnostics panel controls and LEDs 11 Linux license agreement 5 locator LED 14 logs viewing test 138 LSI Configuration Utility program starting 312 using 312 M memory installing 250 two DIMM per channel 2DPC 252 memory mirrored channel description 254 DIMM population sequence 254 memory module removing 250 specifications 7 memory problems 108 memory rank sparing description 255 menu choices Setup utility 302 messages diagnostic 137 messages diagnostic POST uEFI 28 methods viewing event logs 27 microprocessor installing 282 problems 110 removing 279 specifications 7 minimum configuration 177 mirrored channel mode 254 monitor problems 110 N NOS installation with ServerGuide 301 without ServerGuide 301 notes 6 notes important 324 notices 323 electronic emission 326 FCC ClassA 326 notices and statements 6 Nx boot failure 174 O obtaining IP address for IMM2 308 online service request 3 operating system event log 26 27 operator information panel 10 controls and LEDs 10 installing 278 removing 277 replacing 277 278 optional battery holder ServeRAID SAS controller installing 2
257. erial If it is found damaged trained technician only replace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board ion page 292 40 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 2011001 S 2011001 An PCI SERR Detected 1 Check the riser card LEDs Uncorrected PCle Error f has Oc currediat Bus 2 Reseat all affected adapters and riser cards Device Function 3 Update the PCI adapter firmware The Vendor ID for the 4 Replace the affected adapters and riser cards device is and the see Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI Device ID is riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 5 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 2018001 S 2018001 An PCl
258. et SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt host lt imm_ip gt e Bootable media You can also build a bootable media using the applications available through the Tools Center website at http publib boulder ibm com infocenter toolsctr V1r0 index jsp From the left pane click IBM System x and BladeCenter Tools Center then click Tool reference for the available tools 4 Restart the server Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 319 320 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance If you need help service or technical assistance or just want more information about IBM products you will find a wide variety of sources available from IBM to assist you This section contains information about where to go for additional information about IBM and IBM products what to do if you experience a problem with your system and whom to call for service if it is necessary Before you call Before you call make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve the problem yourself e Check all cables to make sure that they are connected e Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional devices are turned on e Use the troubleshooting information in your system documentation and use the diagnostic tools that come with your system Information about diagnostic tools is in the Problem Determination a
259. et card _ error LED o coooooon0 i cooooooonn Battery om errorLED v DIMM 19 24 error LED DIMM 1 6 under the latches error LED al under the latches Microprocessor 2 wm Microprocessor 1 Q error LED error LED Fan 4 Fan3 DIMM 7 18 Fan2 Systemboard Fant error LED errorLED error LED error LED error LED error LED under the latches The following illustration shows the LEDs on the riser card UpperPCI slot error LED Center PCI slot error LED ae a Lower PCI slot error LED ane D S e Remind button Press this button to place the system error LED check log LED on the front information panel into Remind mode By placing the system error 128 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide LED indicator in Remind mode you acknowledge that you are aware of the last failure but will not take immediate action to correct the problem In Remind mode the system error LED flashes every 2 seconds until one of the following conditions occurs All known errors are corrected The server is restarted Anew error occurs causing the system error LED to be lit again e Reset button Press this button to reset the server and run the power on self test POST You might have to use a pen or the end of a straightened paper clip
260. ete the following steps a Check the power supply LEDs see Power supply LEDs on page 135 b Turn off the server and all external devices c Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us Check all cables and power cords d e Set all display controls to the middle positions f Turn on all external devices g Turn on the server If the server does not start see Troubleshooting tables on page 103 h Check the system error LED on the operator information panel If it is lit or flashing check the light path diagnostics LEDs see Light path diagnostics on page 124 i Check for the following results e Successful completion of POST see POST on page 28 for more information e Successful completion of startup 102 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Troubleshooting tables Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiable symptoms If you cannot find a problem in these tables see Running the diagnostic programs lon page 137 n page 137 for information about testing the server If you have just added new software or a new optional device and the server is not working complete the following steps before you use the troubleshooting tables 1 Check the system error LED on the operator information panel if it is lit check th
261. f length Hard disk drive expansion bays depending on the model Eight 2 5 inch hot swap SAS SATA hard disk drive bays with option to add eight more 2 5 inch hot swap SAS SATA hard disk drive bays Six 3 5 inch hot swap SAS SATA hard disk drive bays Six 3 5 inch simple swap SATA hard disk drive bays Video controller integrated into IMM2 Matrox G200eR2 two analog ports one front and one rear that can be connected at the same time Note The maximum video resolution is 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz SVGA compatible video controller DDR3 528 SDRAM video memory controller Avocent Digital Video Compression 16 MB of video memory not expandable ServeRAID controller depending on the model Si One on board 8 ports SAS ServeRAID M5110e that provides RAID levels 0 1 and 10 A ServeRAID M5110e SAS SATA adapter that provides RAID O 1 and 10 Optional upgrade RAID 5 50 Zero Cache RAID 5 50 512 MB Cache with optional FoD RAID 6 60 and SED upgrade RAID 5 50 512 MB Flash with optional FoD RAID 6 60 and SED upgrade RAID 5 50 1 GB Flash with optional FoD RAID 6 60 and SED upgrade ze 2U Height 86 5 mm 3 406 in Depth EIA flange to rear 714 mm 28 110 in Overall 746 mm 29 370 in Width With top cover 445 mm 17 520 in With front bezel 482 0 mm 18 976 in Weight approximately 25 kg 55 Ib to 30 kg 65 Ib depending upon configuration 7 Chapter 2 Introduction Table
262. f the maximum amount of memory that you can install using ranked DIMMs Table 14 Maximum memory installation using ranked DIMMs Number of DIMMs DIMM type DIMM size Total memory 16 Dual rank UDIMMs 4 GB 64 GB 24 Single rank RDIMMs 2 GB 48 GB 24 Single rank RDIMMs 4 GB 96 GB 24 Dual rank RDIMMs 8 GB 192 GB 24 Dual rank RDIMMs 16 GB 384 GB 24 Quad rank HCDIMMs_ 32 GB 768 GB 16 Quad rank RDIMMs 16 GB 256 GB 24 Quad rank LRDIMMs 32 GB 768 GB e The UDIMM option that is available for the server is 4 GB The server supports a minimum of 4 GB and a maximum of 64 GB of system memory using UDIMMs e The RDIMM options that are available for the server are 2 GB 4 GB 8 GB and 16 GB The server supports a minimum of 2 GB and a maximum of 384 GB of system memory using RDIMMs e The HCDIMM options that are available for the server are 16 GB and 32 GB The server supports a minimum of 16 GB and a maximum of 768 GB of system memory using HCDIMMs Note Do not mix the 16 GB HCDIMM and the 32 GB HCDIMM in the server e The LRDIMM option that is available for the server is 32 GB The server supports a minimum of 32 GB and a maximum of 768 GB of system memory using LRDIMMs Note The amount of usable memory is reduced depending on the system configuration A certain amount of memory must be reserved for system 252 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide resources To
263. f the monitor Magnetic fields around other devices such as unreadable rolling or distorted transformers appliances fluorescent lights and other monitors can cause screen jitter or wavy unreadable rolling or distorted screen images If this happens turn off the monitor Attention Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screen discoloration Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm 12 in apart and turn on the monitor Notes a To prevent diskette drive read write errors make sure that the distance between the monitor and any external diskette drive is at least 76 mm 3 in b Non IBM monitor cables might cause unpredictable problems 2 Reseat the monitor cable 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor cable b Video adapter if one is installed c Monitor d Trained technician only System board Wrong characters appear on the If the wrong language is displayed update the server firmware with the correct screen language 2 Reseat the monitor cable 3 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Trained technician only System board 112 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Network connection problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the
264. f the tape drive Make sure all the cables are out of the way and slide the tape drive assembly the rest of the way into the tape drive bay Push the tray handle to the closed locked position Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 249 Removing a memory module DIMM To remove a DIMM complete the following steps Fie ak wo Retaining clip Read the safety information that begins on page vill and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables Slide the server out of the rack Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 If riser card assembly 1 contains one or more adapters remove it see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 Remove the air baffle over the DIMMs see Removing the air baffle on page 206 Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Open the retaining clip on each end of the DIMM connector and lift the DIMM from the connector If you are instructed to return the DIMM follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you
265. face sh 4 After you install ASU use the following command syntax to set the UUID asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt access_method Where lt uuid_value gt Up to 16 byte hexadecimal value assigned by you access_method The access method that you selected to use from the following methods e Online authenticated LAN access type the command host lt imm_internal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 315 imm_internal_ip The IMM internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM2 using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Example that does not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoUUID lt uuid_value gt user lt user_id gt password lt password gt Example that does use the userid and password default values asu set S
266. failure events uncorrectable has asserted insufficient to or PFA and correct the failures continue operation Re enable mirroring in the Setup utility Storage messages 806f000d 0400xxxx Drive n has been Info A drive has been No action information only 806f000d 0401xxxx added added 806f000d 0402xxxx n Drive number 806f000d 0403xxxx 806f000d 0404xxxx 806f000d 0405xxxx 806f000d 0406xxxx 806f000d 0407xxxx 806f000d 0408xxxx 806f000d 0409xxxx 806f000d 040axxxx 806f000d 040bxxxx 806f000d 040cxxxx 806f000d 040dxxxx 806f000d 040fxxxx 806f000d 040fxxxx 816f000d 0400xxxx The Drive n Status Error A drive has been 816f000d 0401 xxxx 816f000d 0402xxxx 816f000d 0403xxxx 816f000d 0404xxxx 816f000d 0405xxxx 816f000d 0406xxxx 816f000d 0407xxxx 816f000d 0408xxxx 816f000d 0409xxxx 816f000d 040axxxx 816f000d 040bxxxx 816f000d 040cxxxx 816f000d 040dxxxx 816f000d 040exxxx 816f000d 040fxxxx has been removed from unit n hard disk drive number removed Reseat hard disk drive n n hard disk drive number Wait 1 minute or more before reinstalling the drive Replace the hard disk drive Make sure that the disk firmware and RAID controller firmware is at the latest level Check the SAS cable 78 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the A
267. fan bracket out of the server 214 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the fan bracket To install the fan bracket complete the following steps Fan bracket release latches 1 Lower the fan bracket into the chassis 2 Align the holes in the bottom of the bracket with the pins in the bottom of the chassis 3 Press the bracket into position until the fan bracket release levers click into place 4 Replace the fans see Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page se 5 Replace the PCI riser card assemblies see Installing a PCI riser card n page 219 6 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 7 Slide the server into the rack 8 Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 215 Removing a USB hypervisor memory key Lockbar USB embedded ae a hypervisor flash device To remove a USB hypervisor memory key complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Slide the server out of the rack 4 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 5 Unlock the retention latch on t
268. for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 13818001 1 3818001 The Current Bank CRTM 4 Run the Setup utility select Load Default firmware image Capsule Update Settings and save the settings capsule signature for Signature Invalid the currently booted 2 Recover the server firmware see Lae Recovering the server firmware on page flash bank is invalid 71 13818002 3818002 The Opposite Bank CRTM 4 Run the Setup utility select Load Default firmware image Capsule Update Settings and save the settings capsule signature for Signature Invalid the non booted flash 2 Recover the server firmware see ems Recovering the server firmware on page bank is invalid T71 1 3818003 I 3818003 The CRTM CRTM Could not lock 4 Run the Setup utility select Load Default flash driver could not secure flash region Settings and save the settings sail penuiesest 2 Recover the server firmware see gion Recovering the server firmware on page 171 S 3818004 S 3818004 The CRTM Update Failed 4 Run the Setup utility select Load Default zi flash mae i Settings and save the settings EE ee 2 Recover the server firmware see A failure o curred epovering the server firmware on page W 3818005 W 3818005 The CRTM Update Aborted 14 Run the Setup utility select Load Default a flash i i Se
269. fore installing this product read the Safety Information Age Ube dull bel Gag giil Ibe GS i di Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es de Seguran a ERAT ina wi Safety Information ZERA RRAB DLW AART REAM e Prije instalacije ovog produkta obavezno pro itajte Sigurnosne Upute P ed instalac tohoto produktu si p e t te p ru ku bezpe nostn ch instrukc L s sikkerhedsforskrifterne f r du installerer dette produkt Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften Ennen kuin asennat t m n tuotteen lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information Avant d installer ce produit lisez les consignes de s curit Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen Mpv eykataot oete to mpo v aut diaBdote tic MANpO opies aoMaAELac safety information DIVIN NINA NX Wp AT I8 PANNU 397 A term k telep t se el tt olvassa el a Biztons gi el r sokat Prima di installare questo prodotto leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza RMmOREBOM KERRE HMA lt ESL M32 SAlol AO Ca SAPS AOVA Ipex a ce MHCTamMpa OBO NpOAyKT NpowtTajre uApopMarujata 3a Oe30eNHOCT Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen Safety Information for du installerer dette produktet Przed zainstalowaniem tego produktu nale y zapozna sie z ksi k Informacje dotycz ce bezpiecze stwa Safety Information Antes de instalar este produto leia as Informa es sobre Segur
270. fore you update the code Make sure that the two microprocessors are matching Trained technician only Replace the system board see he system board on page 290 Installing the system board on Chapter 3 Diagnostics 65 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Memory errors 806f08 13 2581 xxxx An Uncorrectable Bus Error has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName Error A bus uncorrectable error has occurred Sensor DIMMs are supported and configured correctly see DIMM installation sequence on page 253 for more Check the system event log Check the DIMM error LEDs Remove the failing DIMM from the system board see Removing a memory module DIMM on page Check for a server firmware update Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed DIMMs information Trained technician only Replace the system board see and page 202
271. from the power source 268 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide OFF Vor _ 4 Vor Statement 34 AA CAUTION To reduce the risk of electric shock or energy hazards e This equipment must be installed by trained service personnel in a restricted access location as defined by the NEC and IEC 60950 1 First Edition The Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment e Connect the equipment to a properly grounded safety extra low voltage SELV source A SELV source is a secondary circuit that is designed so that normal and single fault conditions do not cause the voltages to exceed a safe level 60 V direct current e Incorporate a readily available approved and rated disconnect device in the field wiring e See the specifications in the product documentation for the required circuit breaker rating for branch circuit overcurrent protection e Use copper wire conductors only See the specifications in the product documentation for the required wire size e See the specifications in the product documentation for the required torque values for the wiring terminal screws 2 0 O PE 1S E A gt 18 kg 3 70 gt 55 kg 121 2 Ib gt 50 kg 110 Ib Important Be sure to read the multilingual safety instructions on the CD that comes with the server before you use the product Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 269 To install a hot s
272. g and wait for 15 seconds Installed 2 Run the test again Read 3 Check the drive cabling at both ends for loose or broken Write Test connections or damage to the cable Replace the cable e Self Test if it is damaged Run the test again Messages eee i and actions 5 For additional troubleshooting information go to apply to all http www ibm com support three tests docview wss uid psg1MIGR 41559 6 Run the test again 7 Replace the DVD drive If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 166 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 215 903 xxx Optical Drive Verify Aborted Could not 4 Insert a CD DVD into the DVD drive or try a new Media a the media and wait for 15 seconds rive Installed 2
273. h the Setup utility select System Settings Memory For more information see Using the Setup a ia on page 301 When you use the memory mirrored channel feature consider the following information e When you use memory mirrored channel you must install a pair of DIMMs at a time The two DIMMs in each pair must be identical in size type and rank single dual or quad and organization but not in speed The channels run at the speed of the slowest DIMM in any of the channels e The maximum available memory is reduced to half of the installed memory when memory mirrored channel is enabled For example if you install 64 GB of memory using RDIMMs only 32 GB of addressable memory is available when you use memory mirrored channel e For UDIMMs DIMM connectors 3 6 7 and 10 for microprocessor 1 and DIMM connectors 15 18 19 and 22 for microprocessor 2 are not used in memory mirrored channel mode The following diagram lists the DIMM connectors on each memory channel Microprocessor 2 i Microprocessor 1 Ch2 Ch3 CH1 CHO Ch2 Ch3 CH1 CHO gyugggg cpu2 gyggg9u gggygyyg cPut ygugggg Stitt EEE ZSEZEZEZELZLZ 2 22222 SSt22E28E SS ss SS SS Se SS SS SS ss fs 5 YN N NNN a a a a i a a snaoon On AOON BoOND OOO N Oak wosns O Figure 1 Connectors on each memory channel The following table shows the installation sequence for memory mirrored channel mode Table 16 Memory mirrored channe
274. han one microprocessor installed swap the microprocessors If the problem follows the affected microprocessor or there is only one microprocessor installed replace the affected microprocessor see and sink on page 282 Trained technician onl Replace the system 1100C S 1100C An uncorrectable error has been detected on processor Uncorrectable microprocessor error detected Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error Restart the server Contact your IBM service representative for support microprocessor number Chapter 3 Diagnostics 29 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 1 18005 18005 A discrepancy Processors have 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the has been detected in mismatched number of ServerProven website at the number of cores cores http www ibm com systems info x86servers reported by one or serverproven compat us nore POGR
275. has been No action information only caused by restoring reset because a default values user has restored the configuration to its default settings 40000021 00000000 IMM clock has been Info The IMM clock has No action information only set from NTP server been set to the 1 date and time that 1 is provided by the IBM_NTPService Network Time ElementName Protocol server 40000022 00000000 SSL data in the IMM_ Error There is a problem configuration data is invalid Clearing configuration data region and disabling SSL H25 with the certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated through the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link 1 Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct 2 Try to import the certificate again Chapter 3 Diagnostics 99 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000023 00000000 Flash of 1 from 2_ Info A user has No action information only succeeded for user successfully 3 updated one of the 1 following firmware CIM_ManagedElement compon
276. he USB connector by squeezing the two retention clips toward each other 6 Open the retention latch 7 Grasp the flash device and pull to remove it from the connector 8 If you are instructed to return the hypervisor memory key follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Note You must configure the server not to look for the hypervisor USB drive See Configuring the server on page 298 for information about disabling hypervisor support 216 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing a USB hypervisor memory key Lockbar USB embedded _ 7 hypervisor flash device To install a USB hypervisor memory key in the SAS riser card complete the following steps 1 Remove PCI riser card assembly see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 2 Align the flash device with the connector on the system board and push it into the USB connector until it is firmly seated 3 Press down on the retention latch to lock the flash device into the USB connector 4 Install the server cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack 6 Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Note _ You will have to configure the server to boot from the hypervisor USB drive See Configuring the server
277. he cluster solution before you update the code Some high end video adapters are supported by your server See http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us for more information Notes 1 If you are installing a ServeRAID M5110 with x3650 M4 Plus 8 2 5 inch HS HDD Assembly Option Kit it can only be installed in PCI slot 2 if you are installing a ServeRAID M5120 or an IBM LLM SM dual port 10GbE SFP adapter it can only be installed in PCI slot 1 2 4 or 5 2 If you are installing a video adapter in your server do not set the maximum digital video resolution above 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz for an LCD monitor This is the highest resolution supported for any video adapter in this server The following illustration shows the locations of the adapter expansion slots from the rear of the server Maximal card dimension supported in each slot rear view 1 Full height up to full length 4 Full height up to full length 2 Full height half length 5 Full height up to full length 3 Full height half length 6 Full height half length Riser 1 Riser 2 To install an adapter complete the following steps PCI riser card assembly Adapter connectors Bracket n Expansion slot Full length adapter Adapter bracket IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 1 Install the adapter in the expansion slot a b For riser 1 if the adapter is a full leng
278. he first release lever to close and close it c Close the second release lever on the microprocessor socket 10 Install the heat sink Attention e Do not set down the heat sink after you remove the plastic cover e Do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink after you remove the plastic cover Touching the thermal grease will contaminate it See Thermal grease on page 287 for more information Flange Thermal Heat grease sink Heat sink release aN Heat sink 6N N Lock tab Retainer bracket Microprocessor Remove the plastic protective cover from the bottom of the heat sink b Position the heat sink over the microprocessor The heat sink is keyed to assist with proper alignment c Align and place the heat sink on top of the microprocessor in the retention bracket thermal material side down Press firmly on the heat sink Rotate the heat sink release lever to the closed position and hook it underneath the lock tab ou installed the second microprocessor install the fourth fan see Installing 12 Reinstall the air baffle see Installing the air baffle on page 208 13 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 14 Slide the server into the rack 11 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 15 Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed 16 Turn on the peripheral devices and the server T
279. he following steps Power cable SAS signal y cable SS Latch Qe Hard disk drive is SS B backplate 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables 3 Slide the server out of the rack 4 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 5 Pull the hard disk drives or fillers out of the server slightly to disengage them from the backplate See Removing a simple swap hard disk drive on page 238 for details 6 To obtain more working room remove the fans see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 7 Lift the backplate out of the server by pulling the latch and lifting it up Disconnect the backplate power signal and configuration cables see cable routing and connectors on page 194 9 If you are instructed to return the backplate follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the simple swap hard disk drive backplate To install the replacement simple swap hard disk drive backplate complete the following steps 242 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power cable SAS Connect the power and signal cables to the replacement backplate see intemal cable outing and connectors on pag
280. he latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 141 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 166 804 xxx Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description Action Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this compo
281. he problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f090c 2001 xxxx 806f090c 2002xxxx 806f090c 2003xxxx 806f090c 2004xxxx 806f090c 2005xxxx 806f090c 2006xxxx 806f090c 2007xxxx 806f090c 2008xxxx 806f090c 2009xxxx 806f090c 200axxxx 806f090c 200bxxxx 806f090c 200cxxxx 806f090c 200dxxxx 806f090c 200exxxx 806f090c 200fxxxx 806f090c 201 Oxxxx 806f090c 2011xxxx 806f090c 201 2xxxx 806f090c 201 3xxxx 806f090c 201 4xxxx 806f090c 201 5xxxx 806f090c 201 6xxxx 806f090c 201 7xxxx 806f090c 201 8xxxx Memory DIMM for DIMM n Status has been automatically throttled n DIMM number Info A memory DIMM has been automatically throttled No action information only 806f0a0c 2001 xxxx 806f0a0c 2002xxxx 806f0a0c 2003xxxx 806f0a0c 2004xxxx 806f0a0c 2005xxxx 806f0a0c 2006xxxx 806f0a0c 2007xxxx 806f0a0c 2008xxxx 806f0a0c 2009xxxx 806f0a0c 200axxxx 806f0a0c 200bxxxx 806f0a0c 200Cxxxx 806f0a0c 200dxxxx 806f0a0c 200exxxx 806f0a0c 200fxxxx 806f0a0c 201 Oxxxx 806f0a0c 2011 xxxx 806f0a0c 2012xxxx 806f0a0c 201 3xxxx 806f0a0c 2014xxxx 806f0a0c 201 5xxxx 806f0a0c 201 6xxxx 806f0a0c 2017xxxx 806f0a0c 201 8xxxx An Over Temperature condition has been detected on the DIMM n Status n DIMM number Error An over temperature condition has occurred for DIMM n n DIMM number 1 Make sure that the fans
282. heckpoint codes 26 Class A electronic emission notice 326 code updates 1 components server 180 configuration minimum 177 Nx boot failure 174 ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD 297 Setup utility 297 configuration programs LSI Configuration Utility 299 configuring with ServerGuide 300 configuring hardware 298 configuring your server 297 connectors battery 17 cable 17 external port 18 for options on the system board 22 front 9 internal 17 memory 17 microprocessor 17 PCI 17 port 18 rear 12 system board 17 consumable parts 187 contamination particulate and gaseous 8 325 controllers Ethernet 311 controls and LEDs light path diagnostics panel 11 operator information panel 10 controls front 9 cover installing 206 331 cover continued removing 205 creating RAID array 313 CRuUs replacing battery 273 CD RW DVD drive 245 cover 206 DIMMs 250 memory 250 customer replaceable units CRUs 179 D danger statements 6 dc good LED 135 dc power supply 262 266 deassertion event system event log 26 diagnosing a problem 3 diagnostic error codes 138 on board programs starting 137 programs overview 137 test log viewing 138 text message 138 tools overview 25 diagnostic codes and messages POST uEFI 28 diagnostic programs running 137 DIMM installing 250 order of installation for non mirroring mode 253 DIMM installation sequence memory mirrored channel 254 non mirroring mode 253 rank sparing 255 DIM
283. hermal grease The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is found in the grease When you are installing the heat sink on the same microprocessor that it was removed from make sure that the following requirements are met e The thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor is not contaminated e Additional thermal grease is not added to the existing thermal grease on the heat sink and microprocessor Notes e Read the safety information on page vii Read the Read To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat exchanger complete the following steps 1 Place the heat sink assembly on a clean work surface 2 Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely 3 Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat exchanger Note Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed 4 Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the microprocessor then dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease is removed 0 02 mL of thermal grease Microprocessor 5 Use the thermal grease syringe to place 9 uniformly spaced dots of 0 02 mL each on the top of the microprocessor The outermost dots must be within approximately 5 mm of the edge of the microprocessor this is to ensure uniform distributio
284. hich they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The server goes directly to the 4 Correct any errors that are indicated by the light path diagnostics LEDs see ieoa Event Viewer when it is Light path diagnostics LEDs on page 129 acc 2 Make sure that the server supports all the microprocessors and that the microprocessors match in speed and cache size To view the microprocessor information run the Setup utility and select System Information gt System Summary gt Processor Details 3 Trained technician only Make sure that microprocessor 1 is seated correctly 4 Trained technician only Remove microprocessor 2 and restart the server 5 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Trained technician only Microprocessor b Trained technician only System board Monitor or video problems Some IBM monitors have their own self tests If you suspect a problem with your monitor see the documentation that comes with the monitor for instructions for testing and adjusting the monitor If y
285. hnician 806f050c 2581xxxx Memory Logging Error The memory 1 Check the IBM support website for Limit Reached for All logging limit has an applicable retain tip or firmware DIMMs been reached update that applies to this memory error 2 Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 250 for memory population 3 If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM 4 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 5 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and 6 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see and heat sink on page 282 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 75 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained tec
286. hnician 806f070c 2001 xxxx 806f070c 2002xxxx 806f070c 2003xxxx 806f070c 2004xxxx 806f070c 2005xxxx 806f070c 2006xxxx 806f070c 2007xxxx 806f070c 2008xxxx 806f070c 2009xxxx 806f070c 200axxxx 806f070c 200bxxxx 806f070c 200cxxxx 806f070c 200dxxxx 806f070c 200exxxx 806f070c 200fxxxx 806f070c 201 Oxxxx 806f070c 2011xxxx 806f070c 201 2xxxx 806f070c 201 3xxxx 806f070c 201 4xxxx 806f070c 2015xxxx 806f070c 201 6xxxx 806f070c 201 7xxxx 806f070c 201 8xxxx Memory DIMM Configuration Error for DIMM n Status n DIMM number Error A memory DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology 806f070c 2581 xxxx Memory DIMM Configuration Error for One of the DIMMs Error A memory DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology 806f070c 2581 xxxx Memory DIMM Configuration Error for All DIMMs Error A memory DIMM configuration error has occurred Make sure that DIMMs are installed in the correct sequence and have the same size type speed and technology 76 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until t
287. ians Do not allow the thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink to come in contact with anything Contact with any surface can compromise the thermal grease and the microprocessor socket Dropping the microprocessor during installation or removal can damage the contacts Do not touch the microprocessor contacts handle the microprocessor by the edges only Contaminants on the microprocessor contacts such as oil from your skin can cause connection failures between the contacts and the socket To remove a microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on ii Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Depending on which microprocessor you are removing remove the following components if necessary e Microprocessor 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 and DIMM air baffle see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 and Removing the air baffle on page 206 e Microprocessor 2 PCI riser card assembly 2 see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 Disconnect any cables that impede access to the heat sink and the microprocessor Locate the microprocessor to be removed see System board internal connectors on page 17
288. ice Function 4 Update the PCI adapter firmware The Vendor ID for the 5 Replace the affected adapters and riser cards device is and the Device ID is see and assembly on page 222 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 41 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action S 3020007 S 3020007 A firmware Internal UEFI Firmware 41 Check the IBM support website for an 3028002 fault has been detected in the UEFI image S 3028002 Boot permission timeout detected Fault Detected System halted Boot Permission Negotiation Timeout applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 3 Trained technician only replace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board n page 292 1 Check the IMM2 error messages see error messages on page 47 for communication errors and follow the actions
289. ician only replace the system board see fe oo coated and pace the system board see Removing the system board on page 292 Reinstall the components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time If the Pwr Rail G error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component e Hard disk drive backplane assembly e Hard disk drives e Fan 3 see Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 258 ptional PCI adaptor power cable if one is present see Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 Follow actions in Solving power problems on page 175 if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit 120 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to che
290. icroprocessor and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 806f0807 0301xxxx The Processor CPU Info A processor has No action information only 806f0807 0302xxxx n has been disabled been disabled n microprocessor number 806f0807 2584xxxx The Processor for Info A processor has No action information only One of the CPUs has been disabled been disabled 806f0807 2584xxxx The Processor for All Info A processor has No action information only CPUs has been been disabled disabled 806f0a07 0301xxxx The Processor CPU Warning Throttling has 1 Make sure that the fans are 806f0a07 0302xxxx nis operating ina Degraded State n microprocessor number occurred for microprocessor n n microprocessor number operating that there are no obstructions to the airflow front and rear of the server that the air baffles are in place and correctly installed and that the server cover is installed and completely closed 2 Check the ambient temperature You must be operating within the specifications 3 Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor nis installed correctly 4 Trained technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number Chapter 3 Diagnostics 63 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the probl
291. ight Universal Serial Bus USB 2 0 ports two front and four rear of the chassis one internal used for USB tape drive and one internal used for Hypervisor USB key e Six network ports four 1 Gb Ethernet ports on the system board and two additional ports when the optional IBM Dual Port 10 Gb Network Daughter Card is installed One System Management RJ 45 on the rear to connect to a systems management network This system management connector is dedicated to the IMM2 functions One serial port e Two VGA adapters e Light path diagnostics panel Note In messages and documentation the term service processor refers to the integrated management module II IMM2 PCI expansion slots Supports three kinds of PCI riser cards e PCI riser card assembly 1 linked to Microprocessor 1 One PCI Express Gen3 x16 full height full length one PCI Express Gen3 x8 full height half length Three PCI Express Gen3 x8 full height full length x 1 full height half length x 2 Two PCI X full height full length x 1 full height half length x 1 one PCI Express full height half length e PCI riser card assembly 2 linked to Microprocessor 2 One PCI Express Gen3 x16 full height full length one PCI Express Gen3 x8 full height full length Three PCI Express Gen3 x8 full height full length x 2 full height half length x 1 Two PCI X full height full length x 2 one PCI Express full height hal
292. iguration Hard disk drive health RAID controller configuration Controller and service processor event logs including the following information System error logs Temperature voltage and fan speed information Self monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART data Machine check registers USB information Monitor configuration information PCI slot information The diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from all collected logs The information is collected into a file that you can send to IBM service and support Additionally you can view the server information locally through a generated text report file You can also copy the log to removable media and view the log from a web browser See Running the diagnostic programs on page 137 for more information e Troubleshooting tables These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems See Troubleshooting tables on page 103 IBM Electronic Service Agent IBM Electronic Service Agent is a software tool that monitors the server for hardware error events and automatically submits electronic service requests to IBM service and support In addition it can collect and transmit system 25 configuration information on a scheduled basis so that the information is available to you and your support representative It uses minimal system resources and is available free of charge For more information and to do
293. iled power suppl see Removing a hot swap ac power supply on page 259 and Installing a hot swap ac power supply on page 259 2 If the Pwr Rail A B C D E F G and H error was also detected follow actions listed in page 115 and Solving power problems on page 175 PCI An error has occurred ona PCI 4 If the CONFIG LED is not lit complete the following steps card a PCI bus or on the system to correct the problem board A itional LED is lit an t pia Pel slot Da a Check the riser card LEDs the ServeRAID error LED i and the optional network adapter error LED to identify the component that caused the error b Check the system error log for information about the error c If you cannot isolate the failing component by using the LEDs and the information in the system error log remove one component at a time and restart the server after each component is removed d Replace the following components in the order shown restarting the server each time e PCI riser cards e ServeRAID adapter e Optional network adapter e Trained technician only System board e If the failure remains go to http Awww ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 2 If the PCI LED and the CONFIG LED are lit complete the following steps to correct the problem a Check the microprocessor installed is Intel E5 2690 b Remove the high power gt 25 Watt adapter c Check th
294. ility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 42 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action S 30050007 S 3050007 A firmware fault has been detected in the UEFI image Internal UEFI Firmware Fault Detected System halted Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 W 305000A W 305000A An invalid date and time have been detected RTC Date and Time Incorrect Run the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 Select Load Default Settings and save the settings Reseat the battery see battery on page 273 and Installing the battery on page 275 Replace the battery S 3058004 S 3058004 A Three
295. ined technician 806f011b 0701xxxx The connector Info The connector 1 Reseat the power paddle cable on PwrPaddle Cable has PwrPaddle Cable the system board encountered a has encountered a 2 Repl th ddl bl configuration error configuration error PP ASE ME cea ia ead 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board 806f0308 0a01xxxx The Power Supply n Info Power supply NAC 4 Reconnect the power cords 806f0308 0a02xxxx has lost input has lost 2 Check lv n LED n power supply n power supply ECK POWET SURRY 1 number number See Power supply LEDs on page 135 for more information n power supply number 80070208 0a01xxxx Sensor PS n Therm Error A sensor has 1 Make sure that there are no 80070208 0a02xxxx Fault has transitioned changed to Critical obstructions such as bundled to critical from a less state from a less cables to the airflow from the severe state severe state power supply fan n power supply 2 Use the IBM Power Configurator number a utility to determine current system power consumption For more information and to download the utility go to http www 03 ibm com s stems bladecenter resources powerconfig html 3 Replace power supply n n power supply number 80070608 0a01xxxx Sensor PS n 12V Error A sensor has 1 Check power supply n LED 80070608 0a02xxxx AUX Fault has changed to 2 Repl transitioned to non recoverable i PONSTSERRY s non recoverable from state from
296. information e Read the safety information that begins on page vii e The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major components of the server such as the system board Ethernet controller keyboard mouse pointing device serial ports and hard disk drives You can also use them to test some external devices If you are not sure whether a problem is caused by the hardware or by the software you can use the diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly When you run the diagnostic programs a single problem might cause more than one error message When this happens correct the cause of the first error message The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs Exception If multiple error codes or light path diagnostics LEDs indicate a microprocessor error the error might be in the microprocessor or in the Chapter 3 Diagnostics 101 microprocessor socket See Microprocessor problems on page 110 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems Before you run the diagnostic programs you must determine whether the failing server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster two or more servers sharing external storage devices If it is part of a cluster you can run all diagnostic programs except the ones that test the storage unit that is a hard disk drive in the storage unit or the storage adapter that is attache
297. information panel assembly To install the replacement operator information panel assembly complete the following steps Operator information panel 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Position the operator information panel assembly so that the tabs face upward and slide it into the server until it clicks into place 3 Inside the server connect the cable to the rear of the operator information panel assembly 4 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 5 Slide the server into the rack 6 Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware 278 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing a microprocessor and heat sink Attention Always use the microprocessor installation tool to remove a microprocessor Failing to use the microprocessor installation tool may damage the microprocessor sockets on the system board Any damage to the microprocessor sockets may require replacing the system board Microprocessors are to be removed only by trained service technic
298. into or preventing the air asserted sa from exiting the server 80010901 0b01xxxx Numeric sensor Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the chroma temperature 2 Check the server airflow Make sure that nothing is blocking the air from coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server Chapter 3 Diagnostics 47 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 80010901 0c01xxxx Numeric sensor Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Ambient Temp going sensor going high P high upper critical has asserted e ONEK mne anne ATOW Make Sure that nothing is blocking the air from has asserted Ro coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 0b01xxxx Numeric sensor Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Chroma Temp going non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air from high upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 80010b01 0c01xxxx Numeric sensor Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Ambient Temp going non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air from high upper sensor going high coming into
299. ion 205 A015 3039 E Cornwallis Road P O Box 12195 Research Triangle Park North Carolina 27709 2195 U S A In the request be sure to include the publication part number and title When you send information to IBM you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Electronic emission notices When you attach a monitor to the equipment you must use the designated monitor cable and any interference suppression devices that are supplied with the monitor Federal Communications Commission FCC statement 326 Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits IBM is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused
300. ion Make sure that the cable is not pinched and does not cover any connectors or obstruct any components on the system board Install the battery near the fan cage a Align the battery cable connector with the slot on the battery holder Place the battery into the battery holder and make sure that the battery holder engages the battery securely Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 233 Battery a 1 Battery cable connector RAEI TNN Note The positioning of the remote battery depends on the type of remote battery that you install b Connect the other end of the battery cable to the battery cable connector on the battery Battery cable TMMB board Battery Note Make sure the battery is seated properly see Installing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery tray on page 232 c Place the battery retention clip underneath while pressing the release tab toward the front of the server until it snaps in place to hold the battery retention clip firmly in place 234 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Install the cover Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the power cords and all external cables and turn on the server and peripheral devices Removing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder If a ServeRAID SAS controller battery is installed remotely near the fan cage and you need
301. ion at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 201 805 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test 1 Turn off and restart the system canceled the Run the test again memory 3 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level controller The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event display log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For alter write more information see Updating the firmware on page operation wasinot Run the test again completed i If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 160 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 806 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test Turn off and restart the syst
302. ional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembl see Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 22 5 Follow actions in Solving power problems on page 175 if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit 6 Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit Chapter 3 Diagnostics 119 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit or the Pwr rail G error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log 1 2 3 4 Disconnect the server power cords Remove microprocessor if Pwr Rail G was detected e Optional PCI adaptor power cable if one is present e Fan3 e Hard disk drives e Hard disk drive backplane assembly Restart the server If the Pwr rail G error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again trained techn
303. is lit a Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must memory error has occurred disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 When both the MEM and seconds before restarting the server CONFIG LEDs are lit the 1 If the CONFIG LED is not lit the system might detect a memory configuration is invalid memory error Complete the following steps to correct the problem a Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 b Reseat or swap the DIMMs with lit LED Check the system event log in the Setup utility or IMM error messages Follow steps indicated in POST UEFI diagnostic codes on page 28 and Integrated management module II IMM2 error messages on d Replace the failing DIMM see and memory module on page 250 2 If the MEM LED and the CONFIG LED are lit check the system event log in the Setup utility or IMM error messages Follow steps indicated in diagnostic codes on page 28 management module II IMM2 error messages on page TEMP The system or the system 1 Make sure that the heat sink is seated correctly component temperature has exceodedathresholdilevel 2 Determine whether a fan has failed If it has replace it failing fan can cause the TEMP 3 Make sure that the room temperature is not too high See LED to be lit Features and specifications on page 7 for the server temperature informa
304. is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A newly installed hard disk drive 1 Make sure that the installed hard disk drive or RAID adapter is supported For is not recognized a list of supported optional devices see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us 2 Observe the associated yellow hard disk drive status LED If the LED is lit it indicates a drive fault 3 If the LED is lit remove the drive from the bay wait 45 seconds and reinsert the drive making sure that the drive assembly connects to the hard disk drive backplane 4 Observe the associated green hard disk drive activity LED and the yellow status LED e If the green activity LED is flashing and the yellow status LED is not lit the drive is recognized by the controller and is working correctly Run the DSA diagnostics program to determine whether the drive is detected e If the green activity LED is flashing and the yellow status LED is flashing slowly the drive is recognized by the controller and is rebuilding e If neither LED is lit or flashing check the hard disk drive backplane go to step 5l e Ifthe green activity LED is
305. its frame Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 193 Do not touch solder joints pins or exposed circuitry Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it While the device is still in its static protective package touch it to an unpainted metal part on the outside of the server for at least 2 seconds This drains static electricity from the package and from your body Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without setting down the device If it is necessary to set down the device put it back into its static protective package Do not place the device on the server cover or ona metal surface Take additional care when handling devices during cold weather Heating reduces indoor humidity and increases static electricity Returning a device or component If you are instructed to return a device or component follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Internal cable routing and connectors The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the cables The following notes describe additional information you must consider when you install or remove the cables General To remove the cables slightly press the cables toward the chassis then pull to remove the cables from the connectors on the system board Pulling the cable out of the connector by excessive force might cause damage to the
306. k the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error is lit with a supported t Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Ke Chapter 3 Diagnostics 33 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action W 50001 W 50001 A DIMM has DIMM Disabled Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM been disabled due to you must disconnect the server from the power an error detected source then wait 10 seconds before restarting during POST the server 1 Make sure the DIMM is installed correctl see Installing a memory module on page 250 2 If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault follow the suggested actions for that error event 3 If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Ad
307. l consumption processors and performance states Operating Modes 302 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Select this choice to view or change the operating profile performance and power utilization Legacy Support Select this choice to view or set legacy support Force Legacy Video on Boot Select this choice to force INT video support if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards Rehook INT 19h Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of the boot process The default is Disable Legacy Thunk Support Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to interact with PCI mass storage devices that are non UEFI compliant Integrated Management Module Select this choice to view or change the settings for the integrated management module Commands on USB Interface Preference Select this choice to enable or disable the Ethernet over USB interface on IMM2 Network Configuration Select this choice to view the system management network interface port the IMM2 MAC address the current IMM2 IP address and host name define the static IMM2 IP address subnet mask and gateway address specify whether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM2 IP address save the network changes and reset the IMM2 Reset IMM to Defaults Select this choice to view or reset IMM2 to the default settings Reset IMM Sel
308. l mode DIMM population sequence Number of installed Number of DIMMs microprocessor DIMM connector First pair of DIMMs 1 1 4 Second pair of DIMMs 1 9 12 Third pair of DIMMs 1 2 5 Fourth pair of DIMMs 1 8 11 Fifth pair of DIMMs 1 3 6 Sixth pair of DIMMs 1 7 10 Seventh pair of DIMMs 2 13 16 Eighth pair of DIMMs 2 21 24 254 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 16 Memory mirrored channel mode DIMM population sequence continued Number of installed Number of DIMMs microprocessor DIMM connector Ninth pair of DIMMs 2 14 17 Tenth pair of DIMMs 2 20 23 Eleventh pair of DIMMs 2 15 18 Twelfth pair of DIMMs 2 19 22 Note DIMM connectors 3 6 7 10 15 18 19 and 22 are not used in memory mirrored channel mode when UDIMMs are installed in the server Memory rank sparing The memory rank sparing feature disables the failed memory from the system configuration and activates a rank sparing DIMM to replace the failed active DIMM You can enable rank sparing memory in the Setup utility select System Settings gt Memory For more information see Using the Setup utility on page 301 When you use the memory rank sparing feature consider the following information e The memory rank sparing feature is supported on server models with an Intel Xeon 5600 series microprocessor e The maximum available memory is reduced
309. l port network adapter Removing an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter Installing an optional ServeRAID upgrade adapter Removing a remotely installed ServeRAID adapter battery Installing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery tray Removing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder Installing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder Removing a hot swap hard disk drive Installing a hot swap hard disk drive Removing a simple swap hard disk drive Installing a simple swap hard disk drive Removing the SAS hard disk drive backplane Installing the SAS hard disk drive backplane Removing the simple swap hard disk drive backplate Installing the simple swap hard disk drive backplate Removing an optional CD RW DVD drive Installing an optional CD RW DVD drive Removing the DVD drive cable Installing the DVD drive cable Removing an optional tape drive Installing an optional tape drive Removing a memory module DIMM Installing a memory module Installing a DIMM Removing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan Removing a hot swap ac power supply Installing a hot swap ac power supply Removing a hot swap dc power supply Installing a hot swap dc power supply Removing an optional remotely installed ServeRAID adapter battery Installing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery holder Removing the battery Insta
310. l rests flush on the socket only if properly aligned Twist the handle on the microprocessor tool counterclockwise to insert the microprocessor into the socket The microprocessor is keyed to ensure that the microprocessor is installed correctly The microprocessor rests flush on the socket only if properly installed IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Attention Do not press the microprocessor into the socket Make sure that the microprocessor is oriented and aligned correctly in the socket before you try to close the microprocessor retainer Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink or on top of the microprocessor Touching the thermal material will contaminate it 8 Remove the microprocessor socket cover tape or label from the surface of the microprocessor socket if one is present Store the socket cover in a safe place Socket cover Attention When you handle static sensitive devices take precautions to avoid damage from static electricity For details about handling these devices see Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 9 Close the microprocessor socket release levers and retainer Microprocessor release lever Microprocessor release lever Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 285 286 Close the microprocessor retainer on the microprocessor socket b Identify which release lever is labeled as t
311. le removed might damage server components Removing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder If an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery is installed remotely and you need to replace it complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external devices 3 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 208 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide D Remove the filler then pull the loops of the battery holder toward each other then pull the cage out of the drive bay approximately 25 mm 1 inch Disconnect the battery power cables Pull the drive completely out of the bay If you are not installing another drive in the bay insert the filler panel into the empty drive bay If you are instructed to return the optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder To install an optional ServeRAID SAS controller remote battery retention in the server complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and discon
312. lem The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board System Error LED Locator LED Power LED Se Enclosure management oN ee heartbeat LED a i e re _Imm2 heartbeat Oo 9 _ b Leb H om Standby power 1 f LED ont 10G Ethernet card _ error LED Ea o coooooon0 i 2ooonononn 2ooooooonn Battery E error LED e SS in g E i W He US Wel aaa He DIMM 19 24 j L error LED Lal E z ih DIMM 1 6 under the latches ae ang aoe jolla error LED te under the latches Microprocessor 2 E __ Microprocessor 1 error LED PA j error LED Fan 4 Fan3 DIMM 7 18 Fan2 Systemboard Fant error LED errorLED error LED error LED error LED error LED under the latches If an error occurs view the light path diagnostics LEDs in the
313. les that you removed Turn on the peripheral devices and the server Removing the system board Notes iy To 6 Before you replace the system board make sure that you backup any features on demand FoD keys that were enabled Remember to re enable the features on demand FoD keys after installing the new system board For more information on Features on Demand FoD including instructions for automating the activation and installation of the activation key by using IBM ToolsCenter or IBM Systems Director see the IBM Features on Demand User s Guide athttp www ibm com systems x fod under the Help section When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you proceed When you replace the system board make sure that you remove the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade and place it on the new system board For information about the Advanced Upgrade see remove the system board complete the following steps Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables Pull the power supplies out of the rear of the server just enough to disengage them from the server Remove the server cover s
314. lick View updates 3 Click Check for updates The available updates are displayed in a table 4 Select the updates that you want to install and click Install to start the installation wizard If your management server is not connected to the Internet to locate and install updates and interim fixes complete the following steps 1 Make sure that you have run the Discovery and Inventory collection tasks 2 On a system that is connected to the Internet go to http www ibm com support fixcentral From the Product family list select IBM Systems Director From the Product list select IBM Systems Director From the Installed version list select the latest version and click Continue Download the available updates Copy the downloaded files to the management server On the management server on the Welcome page of the IBM Systems Director web interface click the Manage tab and click Update Manager o NOURA w 314 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 9 Click Import updates and specify the location of the downloaded files that you copied to the management server 10 Return to the Welcome page of the web interface and click View updates 11 Select the updates that you want to install and click Install to start the installation wizard Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID The Universal Unique Identifier UUID must be updated when the system board is replaced Use the A
315. ll cables from the system board Please refer tof internal cable routing and connectors S more information Failing to release them before removing the cables will damage the cable sockets on the system board The cable sockets on the system board are fragile Any damage to the cable sockets may require replacing the system board Remove each microprocessor heat sink and microprocessor then place them on a static protective surface for reinstallation see microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 Pull out and lift up the pin and the thumbscrews on each side of the system board Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 291 Thumbscrew 13 Slide the system board forward and tilt it away from the power supplies Using the two lift handles on the system board pull the system board out of the server 14 If you are instructed to return the system board follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 15 Remove the socket covers from the microprocessor sockets on the new system board and place them on the microprocessor sockets of the system board you are removing Attention Make sure to place the socket covers for the microprocessor sockets on the system board before you return the old system board Installing the system board Notes 1 When you reassemble the components in the server be sure to route all cables carefully so that they are not e
316. lling the battery Removing the operator information panel assembly Installing the operator information panel assembly Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs Removing a microprocessor and heat sink Installing a microprocessor and heat sink Thermal grease Removing a heat sink retention module Installing a heat sink retention module Removing the system board Installing the system board Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions Updating the firmware Configuring the server Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD Using the Setup utility Sey nee Using the Boot Manager program Contents 219 221 222 224 225 229 230 231 232 235 235 236 237 238 238 240 240 242 242 244 245 245 246 247 249 250 250 256 257 258 259 259 262 266 271 272 273 2219 277 278 278 279 282 287 289 289 290 292 297 297 298 299 301 306 V vi Starting the backup server firmware Using the integrated management module I Using the remote presence capability and blue screen capture Using the embedded hypervisor Setting the PXE boot protocol using the Setup utility Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller Using the LSI Configuration Utility program IBM Advanced Settings Utility program Updating IBM Systems Director Updating the Universal Unique Identifie
317. log through the Event Log link in the integrated management module II IMM2 web interface For more information see Logging on to the web interface on page 309 The following table describes the methods that you can use to view the event logs depending on the condition of the server The first three conditions generally do not require that you restart the server Table 5 Methods for viewing event logs Condition Action The server is not hung and is connected to a Use any of the following methods network e Run DSA Portable to view the event logs or create an output file that you can send to a support representative e Ina web browser type the IP address of the IMM2 and go to the Event Log page e Use IPMItool to view the system event log The server is not hung and is not connected Use IPMItool locally to view the system event to a network log The server is not hung and the integrated In a web browser type the IP address for the management module II IMM2 is connected IMM2 and go to the Event Log page For to a network more information se and Chapter 3 Diagnostics 27 Table 5 Methods for viewing event logs continued Condition Action The server is hung e If DSA Preboot is installed restart the server and press F2 to start DSA Preboot and view the event logs e If DSA Preboot is not installed insert the DSA Preboot CD and restart the server to start DSA Pre
318. m information This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only System Summary Select this choice to view configuration information including the ID speed and cache size of the microprocessors machine type and model of the server the serial number the system UUID and the amount of installed memory When you make configuration changes through other options in the Setup utility the changes are reflected in the system summary you cannot change settings directly in the system summary Product Data Select this choice to view the system board identifier the revision level or issue date of the firmware the integrated management module and diagnostics code and the version and date This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only e System Settings Select this choice to view or change the server component settings Processors Select this choice to view or change the processor settings Memory Select this choice to view or change the memory settings Devices and I O Ports Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices and input output I O ports You can configure the serial ports configure remote console redirection and enable or disable integrated Ethernet controllers If you disable a device it cannot be configured and the operating system will not be able to detect it this is equivalent to disconnecting the device Power Select this choice to view or change power capping to contro
319. m has been detected to determine what action you should take as a result of a message or error code see the table in Diagnostic messages on page 138 Running the diagnostic programs Note The DSA memory test might take up to 30 minutes to run If the problem is not a memory problem skip the memory test To run the diagnostic programs complete the following steps 1 If the server is running turn off the server and all attached devices 2 Turn on all attached devices then turn on the server 3 When the prompt lt F2 gt Dynamic System Analysis is displayed press F2 Note The DSA Preboot diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive for an unusual length of time when you start the program This is normal operation while the program loads The loading process may take up to 10 minutes 4 Optionally select Quit to DSA to exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic program Chapter 3 Diagnostics 137 Note After you exit from the stand alone memory diagnostic environment you must restart the server to access the stand alone memory diagnostic environment again 5 Type gui to display the graphical user interface or type cmd to display the DSA interactive menu 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to select the diagnostic test to run If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem remains during normal server operation a software error might be the cause If you suspe
320. m remains replace the power supply Off Off On The power supply Replace the power supply has failed Chapter 3 Diagnostics 135 AC power supply LEDs Description Action Notes The power supply has failed Replace the power supply The power supply has failed Replace the power supply Power supply not fully seated faulty system board or the power supply has failed 1 Reseat the power supply 2 Follow actions in the problems on page 115 3 If the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics is lit follow the actions in path diagnostics on page 4 Ifthe OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics is not lit check the error LEDs on the system board and the IMM2 error messages Follow steps in page 115 andf Solving power until the problem is solved Typically indicates a power supply is not fully seated The power supply has failed Replace the power supply AC DC Error Off On Off Off On On On Off Off On Off On On On On The power supply has failed Replace the power supply System pulse LEDs The following LEDs are on the system board power off sequencing and boot progress see the location of these LEDs Table 8 System pulse LEDs and monitor the system power on and System board LEDs on page 21 for LED Description Action RTMM heartbeat P
321. m to configure the integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities and the devices that are attached to it For information about using this program see Using the LSI Configuration Utilit program on page 312 The following table lists the different server configurations and the applications that are available for configuring and managing RAID arrays Table 18 Server configuration and applications for configuring and managing RAID arrays Server configuration RAID array configuration before operating system is installed RAID array management after operating system is installed ServeRAID H1110 adapter LSI Utility Setup utility press Ctrl C ServerGuide Human Interface Infrastructure HII MegaRAID Storage Manager MSM SAS2IRCU Command Line Utility for Storage Management ServeRAID M1115 adapter MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility press Ctrl H to start pre boot CLI press Ctrl P to start ServerGuide HII MegaRAID Storage Manager MSM MegaCLI Command Line Interface and IBM Director ServeRAID M5110 adapter MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility press Ctrl H to start pre boot CLI press Ctrl P to start ServerGuide HII MegaRAID Storage Manager MSM MegaCLl and IBM Director ServeRAID M5120 adapter MegaRAID BIOS Configuration Utility press Ctrl H to start pre boot CLI press Ctrl P to start ServerGuide HII MegaRAID Storage Manager MSM Mega
322. manual recovery method Chapter 3 Diagnostics 173 1 Boot the server to an operating system that is supported by the firmware update package that you downloaded 2 Perform the firmware update by following the instructions that are in the firmware update package readme file 3 Restart the server 4 At the firmware splash screen press F3 when prompted to restore to the primary bank The server boots from the primary bank Out of band method See the IMM documentation Automatic boot failure recovery ABR While the server is starting if the integrated management module detects problems with the server firmware in the primary bank the server automatically switches to the backup firmware bank and gives you the opportunity to recover the firmware in the primary bank For instructions for recovering the UEFI firmware see fRecovering the Server firmware on page 171 JAter you have recovered the firmware in the primary bank complete the following steps 1 Restart the server 2 When the prompt Press F3 to restore to primary is displayed Press F3 to recover the primary bank Pressing F3 will restart the server Nx boot failure Configuration changes such as added devices or adapter firmware updates and firmware or application code problems can cause the server to fail POST the power on self test If this occurs the server responds in either of the following ways e The server restarts automatically and attempts POST again
323. mber 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations See the BM Environmental Notices and User s Guide on the IBM Documentation CD for more information To install the replacement battery complete the following steps 1 Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the replacement battery 2 Insert the new battery a Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the socket on the side opposite the battery clip
324. mory DIMM Info DIMM disabled 1 Make sure the DIMM is installed disabled for All correctly see PINTS module on page 250 2 If the DIMM was disabled because of a memory fault memory uncorrectable error or memory logging limit reached follow the suggested actions for that error event and restart the server 3 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory event If no memory fault is recorded in the logs and no DIMM connector error LED is lit you can re enable the DIMM through the Setup utility or the Advanced Settings Utility ASU 72 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f050c 2001 xxxx 806f050c 2002xxxx 806f050c 2003xxxx 806f050c 2004xxxx 806f050c 2005xxxx 806f050c 2006xxxx 806f050c 2007xxxx 806f050c 2008xxxx 806f050c 2009xxxx 806f050c 200axxxx 806f050c 200bxxxx 806f050c 200cxxxx 806f050c 200dxxxx 806f050c 200exxxx 806f050c 200fxxxx 806f050c 201 Oxxxx 806f050c 2011xxxx 806f050c 201 2xxxx 806f050c 201 3xxxx 806f050c 201 4xxxx 806f050c 201 5xxxx 806f050c 201 6xxxx 806f050c 201 7xxxx 806f050c 20
325. mote battery that you install Connect the other end of the battery cable to the battery cable connector on the battery 7 Install the cover Installing the cover on page 206 8 Slide the server into the rack 9 Reconnect the power cords and all external cables and turn on the server and peripheral devices Removing the battery Statement 2 A Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 273 274 CAUTION When replacing the lithium battery use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer If your system has a module containing a lithium battery replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used handled or disposed of Do not e Throw or immerse into water e Heat to more than 100 C 212 F e Repair or disassemble Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations To remove the battery complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page ii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the battery 3 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and all external cables 4 Slide the server out of the rack 5 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 6 Disconnect any internal cable
326. mware on page error 4 Run the test again 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 161 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 201 809 xxx Memory Memory Test Aborted Test 1 Turn off and restart the system canceled program 2 Run the test again error 3 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For operation the latest level of DSA code go to running fast scrub 4 Make sure that the server firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Upieing Te awai or peA 5 Run the test again 6 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 201 8
327. n information that begins on page viil the guidelines in inside the server with the power on on page 193 and Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 This information will help you work safely e Make sure that the devices that you are installing are supported For a list of supported optional devices for the server or MAXS if one is connected to the server see http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us e When you install your new server take the opportunity to download and apply the most recent firmware updates This step will help to ensure that any known issues are addressed and that your server is ready to function at maximum levels of performance To download firmware updates for your server go to http www ibm com support fixcentral Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code For additional information about tools for updating managing and deploying firmware see the ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter at http publib boulder ibm com infocenter toolsctr v1r0 index jsp 191 Before you install optional devices make sure that the server is working correctly Start the server and make sure that the operating system starts if an operating system is installed or that a 1999030
328. n on page 325 Hot swap fans e One microprocessor 3 dual motor hot swap fans e Two microprocessors 4 dual motor hot swap fans Power supply Up to two hot swap power supplies for redundancy support Maximum of two hot swap power supplies for redundancy support 550 watt ac 750 watt ac 900 watt ac Note You cannot mix power supplies of different wattages in the server Acoustical noise emissions e Declared sound power idle 6 3 bel e Declared sound power operating 6 5 bel Heat output Approximate heat output e Minimum configuration 419 68 Btu per hour AC 123 watts e Maximum configuration 3480 24 Btu per hour AC 1020 watts 8 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Server controls LEDs and connectors Front view This section describes the controls light emitting diodes LEDs and connectors The following illustration shows the controls LEDs and connectors on the front of the 2 5 inch SAS SATA hot swap hard disk drive server model Hard disk drive USB 2 USB 1 Video Operator activity LED green connector connector connector information panel Hard disk drive status LED amber LSN CD DVD drive od drive Rack g Te Rack release 1 AIC eke latch i SE H latch Bay 0 Harddisk Bay7 Tape drive CD DVD drive CD DVD drive bays optional activity LED eject button The following illustration shows
329. n IBM option cards Attention This is an EN 55022 Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Responsible manufacturer International Business Machines Corp New Orchard Road Armonk New York 10504 914 499 1900 European Community contact IBM Deutschland GmbH Technical Regulations Department M372 IBM Allee 1 71139 Ehningen Germany Telephone 49 7032 15 2941 Email lugi de ibm com Germany Class A statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis Hinweis f r Ger te der Klasse A EU Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Vertraglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU Richtlinie 2004 108 EG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften Uber die elektromagnetische Vertraglichkeit in den EU Mitgliedsstaaten und halt die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein Um dieses sicherzustellen sind die Ger te wie in den Handb chern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben Des Weiteren d rfen auch nur von der IBM Appendix B Notices 327 empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden IBM Ubernimmt keine Verantwortung fur die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der IBM verandert bzw wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der IBM gesteckt eingebaut werden EN 55022 Klasse A Ger te m ssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden Warnung Dieses ist eine Einrichtung
330. n of the grease Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 287 Note If the grease is properly applied approximately half of the grease will remain in the syringe 6 Install the heat sink onto the microprocessor as described in 10 on page 286 288 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing a heat sink retention module To 1 2 3 remove a heat sink retention module complete the following steps Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Attention In the following step keep each heat sink paired with its microprocessor for reinstallation Remove the applicable air baffle then remove the heat sink and microprocessor See Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 for instructions then continue with step 5 Attention When you remove a microprocessor and heat sink be sure to keep each heat sink with its microprocessor for reinstallation Use a screwdriver and remove the four screws that secure the retention module to the system board then lift the retention module from the system board If you are instructed to return the heat sink retention module follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you I
331. n which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action An IBM optional device that was 4 Make sure that just installed does not work e The device is designed for the server see http www ibm com servers eserver serverproven compat us e You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the device is installed correctly e You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables e You updated the configuration information in the Setup utility Whenever memory or any other device is changed you must update the configuration 2 Reseat the device that you just installed 3 Replace the device that you just installed Chapter 3 Diagnostics 113 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints
332. nd Service Guide on the IBM Documentation CD that comes with your system e Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the troubleshooting procedures that IBM provides in the online help or in the documentation that is provided with your IBM product The documentation that comes with IBM systems also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform Most systems operating systems and programs come with documentation that contains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and error codes If you suspect a software problem see the documentation for the operating system or program Using the documentation Information about your IBM system and preinstalled software if any or optional device is available in the documentation that comes with the product That documentation can include printed documents online documents readme files and help files See the troubleshooting information in your system documentation for instructions for using the diagnostic programs The troubleshooting information or the diagnostic programs might tell you that you need additional or updated device drivers or other software IBM maintains pages on the World Wide Web where you can get the latest technical information and download device dri
333. nd disconnect it from the power source Trained technician only Reseat the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 153 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component _ Test State Description Action 166 903 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Failed The IMM 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power indicates a source You must disconnect the system from ac failure on power to reset the IMM Powerville Bus 2 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 5 Make sure that th
334. nd unpack the ASU package which also includes other required files to the server Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to the same directory In addition to the application executable asu or asu64 the following files are required e For Windows based operating systems ibm_rndis_server_os inf device cat e For Linux based operating systems cdc_interface sh After you install ASU Type the following commands to set the DMI asu set SYSTEM _PROD_DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt access_method asu set SYSTEM PROD _DATA SysInfoProdIdentifier lt system model gt access method asu set SYSTEM PROD _DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt access method asu set SYSTEM PROD DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt access method Where lt m t_model gt The server machine type and model number Type mtm xxxxyyy where Xxxx is the machine type and yyy is the server model number lt system model gt The system model Type system yyyyyyy where yyyyyyy is the product identifier such as x8550M3 Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 317 lt s n gt The serial number on the server Type sn zzzzzzz where zzzzzzz is the serial number lt asset_method gt The server asset tag number Type asset aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa where aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa is the asset tag number access_method The access method that you select to use from the following methods e O
335. ndant sufficient Power redundant Sufficient Resources from Redundancy Degraded or Fully Redundant for Power Resource has asserted sufficiency status of the power supply has happened load will be handled by remaining power supply though the system may throttle to avoid a power supply over current condition See for more information Replace the power supply with higher rated power 53 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 800b0509 1301xxxx Non Error A change to the 1 Power load may be handled by redundant Insufficient insufficiency status remaining power supply The Resources for Power of the power system will attempt to throttle to Resource has supply has avoid a power supply over current asserted happened condition But a system shutdown may happen anyway if the power load is too great See for more information 2 Reduce the total power consumption by removing newly added or unused options like drives or adaptors 3 Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption For more information and to download the utility go to http www 03 ibm com 4 Replace the p
336. nect all power cords and external devices Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Install the optional ServeRAID adapter battery see Installing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery holder on page 272 Grasp the handle and slide the holder most of the way into the bay Connect the battery power cables to the ServeRAID connector Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 209 10 11 Make sure that the battery holder is secured firmly on the air baffle Install the filler Install the cover installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the power cords and all external cables and turn on the server and peripheral devices Removing the bezel To remove the bezel complete the following steps T w Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Remove all the cables that are connected to the front of the server Remove the screws from the bezel Rotate the top of the bezel away from the server 210 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing the bezel To install the bezel complete the following steps 1 Insert the tabs on the bottom of the bezel into the slots on the underside of the chassis and attach it with the screws 2 Connect any cables you previously removed from the front of the server Removing the 240
337. nectors or obstruct any components on the system board 246 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Release tab Optical drive connector Cable connector latch Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the power cords and any cables that you removed Turn on the peripheral devices and the server oND Removing an optional tape drive The following illustration shows how to remove an optional tape drive from the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 247 To remove a tape drive from the server complete the following steps ate D Read the safety information that begins on page vill and Installation guidelines on page 191 Tu
338. ned to critical from a less severe state A sensor has changed to critical state from a less severe state 130W or 135W microprocessors system configuration only PCI messages 806f0021 3001 xxxx PCI fault has been detected for PCI n n PCI slot number Error A PCI fault has been detected h Check the PCI LED See more information about the PCI LED in 2 Reseat the affected adapters and riser card 3 Update the server firmware UEFI and IMM and adapter firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4 Remove both adapters 5 Replace the riser cards 6 Trained service technicians only Replace the system board see page 290 and installing the system board on page 292 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 81 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0021 2582xxxx PCI fault has been Error A PCI fault has Check the PCI LED See more detected for One of been detected information about the PCI LED in PCI Error
339. nent For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 805 xxx IMM 12C Test Aborted Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 142 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical inf
340. nformation label on the server Power supplies in the server must be with the same power rating or wattage to ensure that the server will operate correctly RUE BE xx xx V Re EE RUE ETE xxx A REA Product certified in Shenzhen China Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag BEA z 7 s Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt 2 we way p Marca Registrada MadeIn Ching Y EAS Laite on liitett v suojamaadoituskoskettimilla AH 3 LA se gt Registered Trademark varustettuun pistorasiaan AE E RE P 4E AL OF gt T Matinee CM This device complies with part 15 of FCC rules R ERATI gt g Piipkann ONAE Na Operation is subject to the following two RRF EMETRE f q ee 34 paie a ar Kt conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful R Jk IR tb ih HAVA HR o f UE a HX KV HEE Go KY interference and 2 this device must accept any TERI Ox A BEER j VY mO interference received including interference that EU Only may cause undesired operation N79 tl 373 Manufacturer IBM Corporation EE S Copyright Code and Parts Contained Herein C 0G da s Copyright IBM Corp 2012 All Rights Reserved NOM fal c UL Us a a e E Canada ICES NMB 003 Class Classe A NYCE LISTED Model xxx CORA 77 A ATHEIST OORE ARETE CHAT LTE Equip SN SSSSSSS LEMMES SRIF LERGVET COWS MEMS AMA 167G RAL la EMT SLIBRENSILEMHVEF VCCI A KCC REM IBC 7915 AR PN If you are adding a power supply
341. ng the Setup utility on page 301 for more information Power cord connector Connect the power cord to this connector USB connectors Connect a USB device such as USB mouse keyboard or other USB device to any of these connectors Serial connector Connect a 9 pin serial device to this connector The serial port is shared with the integrated management module II IMM2 The IMM2 can take control of the shared serial port to redirect serial traffic using Serial over LAN SOL Video connector Connect a monitor to this connector The video connectors on the front and rear of the server can be used simultaneously Note The maximum video resolution is 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz Systems management Ethernet connector Use this connector to connect the server to a network for full systems management information control This connector is used only by the integrated baseboard management controller iBMC A dedicated management network provides additional security by physically separating the management network traffic from the production network You can 12 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide use the Setup utility to configure the server to use a dedicated systems management network or a shared network The following illustration shows the LEDs on the rear of the server Ethernet Ethernet
342. nician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 1 1800B l 1800B A cache size mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages Processors have one or more cache levels with mismatched size 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Hl 1 1800C I 1800C A cache type mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages Processors have one or more cache levels with mismatched type 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor e
343. nline authenticated LAN access type the command host lt imm_internal_ip gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Where imm_internal_ip The IMM internal LAN USB IP address The default value is 169 254 95 118 imm_user_id The IMM account 1 of 12 accounts The default value is USERID imm_password The IMM account password 1 of 12 accounts The default value is PASSWORD with a zero 0 not an O Note If you do not specify any of these parameters ASU will use the default values When the default values are used and ASU is unable to access the IMM2 using the online authenticated LAN access method ASU will automatically use the following unauthenticated KCS access method The following commands are examples of using the userid and password default values and not using the default values Examples that do not use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTEM PROD _DATA SysInfoProdName lt m t_model gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysInfoProdIdentifier lt system model gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA SysInfoSerialNum lt s n gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt asu set SYSTEM PROD_DATA SysEncloseAssetTag lt asset_tag gt user lt imm_user_id gt password lt imm_password gt Examples that do use the userid and password default values asu set SYSTE
344. nstalling a heat sink retention module To si install a heat sink retention module complete the following steps Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines ion page 191 Turn off the server and any attached devices Turn off the peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords then remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Depending on which heat sink retention module you are removing remove the following components if necessary e Microprocessor 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 and DIMM air baffle see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 and Removing the air baffle on page 206 e Microprocessor 2 PCI riser card assembly 2 see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 Align the retention module with the holes on the system board Use a screwdriver to reinstall the four screws Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 289 7 8 9 10 11 12 Heat sink retention module Reinstall the microprocessor and heat sink see Installing a microprocessor land heat sink on page 282 nd heat sink on page 282 Attention Make sure that you install each heat sink with its paired microprocessor Reinstall the air baffle see Installing the air baffle on page 208 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the power cords and any cab
345. nstructions that are in the firmware update package readme file Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords and external cables and then remove the server top cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Move the BIOS boot backup jumper JP2 from pins 2 and 3 back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Reinstall the server top cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed Restart the server The system begins the power on self test POST If this does not recover the primary bank continue with the following steps Remove the server top cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Reset the CMOS by removing the system battery see Removing the battery on page 273 Leave the system battery out of the server for approximately 5 to 15 minutes Reinstall the system battery see Installing the battery on page 275 Reinstall the server top cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Reconnect the power cord and any cables that you removed Restart the server The system begins the power on self test POST If these recovery efforts fail contact your IBM service representative for support In band automated boot recovery method Note Use this method if the BOARD LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit and there is a log entry or Booting Backup Image is displayed on the firmware splash screen otherwise use the in band
346. nt at IP address 3 1 user ID 2 MaximumSuccessive LoginFailures currently set to 5 in the firmware 3 IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX exceeded the maximum number of unsuccessful login attempts from SSH and has been prevented from logging in for the lockout period is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000027 00000000 1 Platform Error A Platform Reconfigure the watchdog timer to oe ba ie n a higher value expired for 2 xpired event has 1 OS Watchdog occurred eae ethe K IMM mei or Loader Watchdog over interface is enabled 2 OS Watchdog Reinstall the RNDIS or cdc_ether or Loader Watchdog device driver for the operating system Disable the watchdog Check the integrity of the installed operating system 40000028 00000000 IMM Test Alert Info A user has No action information only Generated by 1 generated a test 1 user ID alert from the IMM 40000029 00000000 Security Userid 1 Error A user has Make sure that the correct login ID and password are being used Have the system administrator reset the login ID or password Checkout procedure The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to diagnose a problem in the server About the checkout procedure Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems review the following
347. ntion Failing to install or remove the cable with care may damage the connectors on the system board Any damage to the connectors may require replacing the system board Operator panel cable 5j a Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 197 VGA cable connections The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the video graphic adapter VGA cables Video graphic adapters VGA power connector 2 VGA power cables rO
348. off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 166 813 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted cannot return the number of requested data bytes Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again
349. og Timer Info A watchdog timer No action information only expired for IPMI expired has been Watchdog detected 82 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0113 0301xxxx A bus timeout has Error A bus timeout has 41 Reseat the microprocessor and occurred on system been detected then restart the server CPU 1 PECI 2 Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number 806f0123 2101xxxx Reboot of system Info A reboot by a No action information only initiated by IPMI watchdog occurred Watchdog has been detected 806f0223 2101xxxx Powering off system Info A poweroff by No action information only initiated by IPMI watchdog has been Watchdog detected 806f0323 2101xxxx Power cycle of Info A power cycle by No action information only system initiated by watchdog has been IPMI Watchdog detected 806f0413 2582xxxx A PCI PERR has Error A PCI PERR has occurred on system 1 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName occurred Sensor PCls 1 Check the PCI LED See more information about the PCI LED in 2 Reseat the affected adapters and riser car
350. ollowing tasks e View configuration information e View and change assignments for devices and I O ports e Set the date and time e Set the startup characteristics of the server and the order of startup devices e Set and change settings for advanced hardware features e View set and change settings for power management features e View and clear error logs e Resolve configuration conflicts Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 301 Starting the Setup utility To start the Setup utility complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup utility menu is available 3 Select settings to view or change Setup utility menu choices The following choices are on the Setup utility main menu for the UEFI Depending on the version of the firmware some menu choices might differ slightly from these descriptions e System Information Select this choice to view information about the server When you make changes through other choices in the Setup utility some of those changes are reflected in the system information you cannot change settings directly in the syste
351. olution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Make sure that the installed microprocessors are compatible with each other see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282jor information about microprocessor requirements Trained technician only Reseat microprocessor n see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Trained technician only Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number 62 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0607 0301xxxx An SM BIOS Error The system 1 Make sure that the installed 806f0607 0302xxxx Uncorrectable CPU management microprocessors are compatible complex error for handler has Processor n has detected an asserted internal n microprocessor microprocessor microprocessor requirements number aaa 2 Update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Trained technician only Replace the incompatible m
352. om upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 80010701 1404xxxx Sensor DIMM CD VR Warning An upper 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high non critical sensor upper non critical going high has 2 ees es alee ple ie aay has asserted asserted se NONI S S Sgt TA Ar a coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010901 1404xxxx Sensor DIMM CD VR Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high sensor going high i upper critical has has asserted Check the Serer airilow Make a that nothing is blocking the air from asserted nae s coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 1404xxxx Sensor DIMM CD VR Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure Temp going high non recoverable that nothing is blocking the air from upper sensor going high coming into or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 80010701 1405xxxx Sensor DIMM EF VR Warning An upper 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high non critical sensor F upper non critical going high has 2 m ed mare E A has asserted asserted A OTRS S COAMA A TO coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010901 1405xxxx Sensor DIMM EF VR Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature Temp going high sensor going high F upp
353. om Action The ServerGuide Setup and 1 Make sure that the server supports the ServerGuide program and has a Installation CD will not start startable bootable CD or DVD drive 2 If the startup boot sequence settings have been changed make sure that the CD or DVD drive is first in the startup sequence 3 If more than one CD or DVD drive is installed make sure that only one drive is set as the primary drive Start the CD from the primary drive The MegaRAID Storage 1 i Make sure that the hard disk drive is connected correctly Manager program cannot view l 2 Make sure that the SAS SATA hard disk drive cables are securely connected all installed drives or the 5 a see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 operating system cannot be installed The operating system Make more space available on the hard disk installation program continuously loops 122 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide is solved trained service technician Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Go to the IBM support Web site at http Awww ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom
354. on column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action W 580A1 W 580A1 Invalid Unsupported DIMM 1 If a DIMM connector error LED is lit on the memory configuration Population for Mirror system board check the event logs and for Mirror Mode Mode follow the procedure for that event and restart Please correct memory the server contiguralion 2 Make sure that the DIMMs have been installed in the correct sequence for mirrored channel mode see channel on page 254 W 580A2 W 580A2 Invalid Unsupported DIMM Make sure that the DIMMs have been installed in memory configuration Population for Spare the correct sequence for rank sparing mode see for Sparing Mode Mode Memory rank sparing on page 255 Please correct memory configuration 1 580A4 580A4 Memory DIMM Population Information only Memory has been added population change Change Detected moved or changed detected 1 580A5 580A5 Mirror DIMM Mirror Fail over Information only Memory redundancy has been Fail over complete Detected lost Check the event log for uncorrected DIMM DIMM number has failur
355. on document under Statement 1 Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document before you perform the procedures Read any additional safety information that comes with the server or optional device before you install the device Attention Use No 26 AWG or larger UL listed or CSA certified telecommunication line cord IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Statement 1 AA DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to this product When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage Disconnect the attached power cords telecommunications systems networks and modems before you open the device covers unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when installing moving or opening covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect 1 Turn everything OFF 1 Turn everything
356. on the peripheral devices and the server Note You must wait approximately 2 5 minutes after you connect the power cord of the server to an electrical outlet before the power control button becomes active Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration e Set the system date and time e Set the power on password e Reconfigure the server See Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions on page 297 for details Removing the operator information panel assembly To remove the operator information panel assembly complete the following steps Operator information panel 1 oP aN Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Disconnect the cable from the back of the operator information panel assembly Reach inside the server and press the release tab then while you hold the release tab down push the assembly toward the front of the server From the front of the server carefully pull the operator information panel assembly out of the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 277 7 If you are instructed to return the operator information panel assembly follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the operator
357. or Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 fan 4 DIMMs 19 through 24 Pwr rail G error Optional PCI adaptor power cable if one is present Fan 3 hard disk drives hard disk drive backplane assembly Pwr rail H error Optional PCI adaptor power cable if one is present optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 2 PCI riser card assembly 2 d Replace the identified component Chapter 3 Diagnostics 175 Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is required for the server to start see Power supply LEDs on page 135 for the minimum configuration Reconnect all ac power cords and turn on the server If the server starts successfully reseat the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is isolated If the server does not start from the minimum configuration see Power supply LEDs on page 135 to replace the components in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated Solving Ethernet controller problems The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating system you are using See the operating system documentation for information about Ethernet controllers and see the Ethernet controller device driver readme file 176 Try the
358. or both Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both Active Memory IBM TechConnect Active PCI IBM logo Tivoli Active PCI X IntelliStation Tivoli Enterprise AIX NetBAY Update Connector Alert on LAN Netfinity Wake on LAN BladeCenter Predictive Failure Analysis XA 32 Chipkill ServeRAID XA 64 e business logo ServerGuide X Architecture server ServerProven XpandOnDemand FlashCopy System x xSeries i5 OS Important notes 324 This product is not intended to be connected directly or indirectly by any means whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks nor is it intended to be used in a public services network Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor other factors also affect application performance CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate Actual speeds vary and are often less than the possible maximum When referring to processor storage real and virtual storage or channel volume KB stand
359. or password to access the full Setup utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup utility menu is available From the Setup utility main menu select Boot Manager Select Add Boot Option then select Generic Boot Option Select Legacy Only Press Esc three times to return to the Setup utility main menu Select Save Settings and then select Exit Setup NDIY Note Press Ctrl P when prompted during POST to access the PXE boot agent utility program Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller The Ethernet controllers are integrated on the system board They provide an interface for connecting to a 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1 Gbps network and provide full duplex FDX capability which enables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on the network If the Ethernet ports in the server support auto negotiation the controllers detect the data transfer rate 10BASE T 100BASE TX or 1000BASE T and duplex mode full duplex or half duplex of the network and automatically operate at that rate and mode You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controllers However you must install a device driver to enable the operating system to address the controllers To find device drivers and information about configuring the Ethernet controllers go to http www ibm com supportportal Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 311 Using the LSI Configuration Utility program 312 Use the L
360. or preventing the air from non recoverable has has asserted exiting the server asserted 81010701 0c01xxxx Numeric sensor Info An upper No action information only Ambient Temp going non critical sensor high upper going high has non critical has deasserted deasserted 81010901 0c01xxxx Numeric sensor Info An upper critical No action information only Ambient Temp going sensor going high high upper critical has deasserted has deasserted 81010b01 0c01xxxx Numeric sensor Info An upper No action information only Ambient Temp going non recoverable high upper sensor going high non recoverable has has deasserted deasserted 80010701 1401xxxx Sensor CPU n VR Warning An upper Reduce the ambient temperature 10701 1402 i i criti BOOIULY 02xxxx Temp going high er critical Sensor o Check the server airflow Make sure upper non critical going high has ihat nothing is blocking the airt has asserted asserted eapi ane area ee pe le n microprocessor Pie ng i 9 i ee ee number rom exiting the server 80010901 1401xxxx Sensor CPU n VR Error An upper critical Reduce the ambient temperature 80010901 1402xxxx Temp going high sensor going high upper critical has has asserted 2 Check ing eevee alow Make Surg assert d that nothing is blocking the air from n microprocessor a H n preventing the air number om exiting the server 80010b01 1401xxxx Sensor CPU n VR Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure
361. or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A cover latch is broken an LED If the part is a CRU replace it If the part is a FRU the part must be replaced by a is not working or a similar trained service technician problem has occurred The server is hung while the 1 See Nx boot failure on page 174 for more information screen is on Cannot start the Setup utility by pressing F1 2 See Recovering the server firmware on page 171 for more information Hard disk drive problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A hard disk drive has failed and Replace the failed hard disk drive see the associated yellow hard disk page 236 and Installing a hot swap hard disk drive on page 237 drive status LED is lit Removing a hot swap hard disk drive on 104 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem
362. ordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code a Install UpdateXpress system updates You can install code updates that are packaged as an UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress CD image An UpdateXpress System Pack contains an integration tested bundle of online firmware and device driver updates for your server In addition you can use IBM ToolsCenter Bootable Media Creator to create bootable media that is suitable for applying firmware updates and running preboot diagnostics For more information about pdateXpress System Packs see http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp Ilndocid SERV XPRESS and Updating the firmware on page 297 For more information about the Bootable Media Creator see http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp lndocid TOOL BOMC Be sure to separately install any listed critical updates that have release dates that are later than the release date of the UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress image When you click an update an information page is displayed including a list of the problems that the update fixes Review this list for your specific problem however even if your problem is not listed installing the update might solve the problem b Install manual system updates 1 Determine the existing code levels In
363. ormation hints tips and Message number 166 806 xxx Component IMM Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C test aborted timeout while processing the command Action iF Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 166 807 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted out of space ers Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA co
364. ormation that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 If there is any full height full length card remove riser card assembly 1 see Removing a PCI riser card assembly on page 218 Place your fingers under the front and back of the top of the air baffle then lift the air baffle out of the server Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace all the air baffles before you turn on the server Operating the server with any air baffle removed might damage server components Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 207 Installing the air baffle To install the DIMM air baffle complete the following steps PCI riser card PCI riser card a assembly 1 Air baffle Align the air baffle with the two slots on both sides of chassis Lower the air baffle into place making sure all cables are out of the way Replace PCI riser card assembly 1 if it is in long position Install the cover see installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server oOaron ns Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace all air baffles before you turn on the server Operating the server with any air baff
365. otices 329 330 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Index Numerics 240 VA safety cover installing 212 removing 211 A ABR automatic boot failure recovery 174 ac good LED 135 ac power LED 13 ac power supply 259 accessible documentation 326 acoustical noise emissions 8 adapter battery holder installing 235 installing 222 optional battery holder installing 209 optional remote battery removing 271 remote battery installing 232 272 removing 231 remote battery holder removing 235 remote optional battery holder removing 208 removing 221 administrator password 304 air baffle DIMM installing 208 removing 206 ASM event log 26 27 assertion event system event log 26 assistance getting 321 attention notices 6 automatic boot failure recovery ABR 174 battery connector 17 replacing 273 275 battery holder ServeRAID SAS controller installing 235 before you install a legacy operating system 301 bezel installing 211 removing 210 blue screen capture feature overview 310 Boot Manager program 298 306 button presence detection 10 Copyright IBM Corp 2012 C cable connectors 17 194 routing internal 194 cabling system board external connectors 18 system board internal connectors 17 caution statements 6 CD drive See CD RW DVD CD RW DVD drive installing 245 removing 244 CD DVD drive activity LED 10 problems 103 CD DVD eject button 10 checkout procedure 101 102 c
366. oting procedure for the most obvious symptom If that procedure does not diagnose the problem use the procedure for another symptom if possible If the problem remains contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for assistance with additional problem determination and possible hardware replacement To open an online service request go to the http www ibm com support entry portal Open_service_request call for service Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data Undocumented problems If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains the problem might not have been previously identified by IBM After you have verified that all code is at the latest level all hardware and software configurations are valid and no light path diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware component failure contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider for assistance To open an online service request go t a anew lotr comet bpor entn ioorall Oper somite reaestl Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and the problem determination procedures that you have used Chapter 1 Start here 3 4 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 2 Introduction This Problem Determination and Service Guide contains information to help you solve problems that might occur in your IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 server I
367. ou cannot diagnose the problem call for service Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action Testing the monitor 1 Make sure that the monitor cables are firmly connected 2 Try using the other video port 3 Try using a different monitor on the server or try testing the monitor on a different server 4 Run the diagnostic programs see Running the diagnostic programs on page 1137 If the monitor passes the diagnostic programs the problem might be a video device driver 5 Trained technician only Replace the system board 110 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http Awww ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new de
368. ower supply out of the server Power supply filler panel Hot swap power supply 2 5 If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a hot swap dc power supply The following notes describe the type of power supply that the server supports and other information that you must consider when you install a power supply Before you install an additional power supply or replace a power supply with one of a different wattage you may use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption For more information and to download the utility go to http www 03 ibm com systems bladecenter resources powerconfig html The server comes with one hot swap 12 volt output power supply that connects to power supply bay 1 The input voltage is 48 V dc or 60 V dc auto sensing Before you install a dc power supply in the server you must remove all ac power supplies Do not use both ac and dc power supplies in the same server Install up to two dc power supplies or up to two ac power supplies but not a combination Power supply 1 is the default primary power supply If power supply 1 fails you must replace the power supply with the same wattage immediately You can order an optional power supply for redundancy These power supplies are designed for parallel operation In the event of a p
369. ower on and power off sequencing 1 If the LED blinks at 1HZz it is functioning properly and no action is necessary If the LED is not blinking Trained technician only replace the system board 136 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 8 System pulse LEDs continued LED Description Action IMM2 heartbeat IMM2 heartbeat boot process The following steps describe the different stages of the IMM2 heartbeat sequencing process 1 When this LED is blinking fast approximately 4Hz this indicates that the IMM2 code is in the loading process 2 When this LED goes off momentarily this indicates that the IMM2 code has loaded completely 3 When this LED goes off momentarily and then starts blinking slowing approximately 1Hz this indicates that IMM2 is fully operational You can now press the power control button to power on the server 4 lf this LED does not blink within 30 seconds of connecting a power source to the server complete the following steps a Trained technician only Replace the system board Diagnostic programs messages and error codes The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server As you run the diagnostic programs text messages and error codes are displayed on the screen and are saved in the test log A diagnostic text message or error code indicates that a proble
370. ower supply failure the redundant power supply continues to power the system The server supports a maximum of two power supplies It is the customer s responsibility to supply the necessary power cable To reduce the risk of electric shock or energy hazards Use a circuit breaker that is rated at 25 amps Use 2 5 mm 12 AWG at 90 C copper wire Torque the wiring terminal screws to 0 50 0 60 newton meters 4 43 5 31 inch pounds For more information see Statement 34 on page 269 266 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide If the power source requires ring terminals you must use a crimping tool to install the ring terminals to the power cord wires The ring terminals must be UL approved and must accommodate the wire that is described in the above mentioned note Statement 29 AA CAUTION This equipment is designed to permit the connection of the earthed conductor of the dc supply circuit to the earthing conductor at the equipment This equipment is designed to permit the connection of the earthed conductor of the dc supply circuit to the earthing conductor at the equipment If this connection is made all of the following conditions must be met This equipment shall be connected directly to the dc supply system earthing electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from an earthing terminal bar or bus to which the dc supply system earthing electrode conductor is connected This
371. ower supply with higher rated power 806f0008 0a01xxxx The Power Supply Info Power supply n No action information only 806f0008 0a02xxxx Power Supply n has been added presence has been n power supply detected number n power supply number 806f0009 1301xxxx The Power Supply Info Power supply n No action information only Power Supply n has has been turned been turned off off n power supply n power supply number number 806f0108 0a01xxxx The Power Supply n Error Power supply n 1 Reseat power supply n 806f0108 0a02xxxx has failed has failed 2 If the power on LED is not lit and n power supply n power supply th LED is lit number number e power supply error is lit replace power supply n 3 If both the power on LED and the power supply error LED are not lit for more information n power supply number 806f0109 1301xxxx The Power Supply n Info Power supply n No action information only has been Power Cycled n power supply number has been power cycled n power supply number 54 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a tra
372. owing illustration shows the connectors for user installable options sae eer C ee ier a Optional 8 10G Ethernet a porrua card connector e paonnann Optional PCI riser connector 1 Optional PCI riser connector 2 an gs i oon Optical drive _ a a connector ij a 0000000000 J USB tape connector Microprocessor 2 Microprocessor 1 ts DIMM 19 24 i i DIMM 1 6 9 cul tts ett Fan 4 DIMM 7 18 connector IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide PCI riser card adapter connectors The following illustration shows the connectors on the PCI riser card for user installable PCI adapters PCI PCI riser card riser card assembly assembly in short position in long position Adapter Adapter connectors connectors Adapter Full length adapter bracket Full length adapter bracket PCI riser card assembly LEDs The following illustration shows the light emitting diodes LEDs on the PCI riser card assembly Note Erro
373. p fan with the slots on the dual motor hot swap fan cage bracket 4 Push the new dual motor hot swap fan into the dual motor hot swap fan connector on the system board Press down on the top surface of the dual motor hot swap fan to seat the dual motor hot swap fan fully Make sure that the LED has turned off 5 Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all the new or replacement dual motor hot swap fans are installed 6 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 7 Slide the server into the rack 258 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing a hot swap ac power supply To remove a power supply complete the following steps Power supply filler panel oa gt ON Hot swap power supply 2 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and If only one power supply is installed turn off the server and peripheral devices Disconnect the power cord from the power supply that you are removing Grasp the power supply handle Press the orange release latch to the left and hold it in place Pull the power supply part of the way out of the bay then release the latch and support the power supply as you pull it the rest of the way out of the bay If you are instructed to return the power supply follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a hot swap ac power supply The following notes describe th
374. pair of DIMMs 2 16 17 Ninth pair of DIMMs 2 20 21 Tenth pair of DIMMs 2 23 24 Eleventh pair of DIMMs 2 19 22 Twelfth pair of DIMMs 2 15 18 sparing mode when UDIMMs are installed in the server Note DIMM connectors 3 6 7 10 15 18 19 and 22 are not used in memory rank Installing a DIMM To install a DIMM complete the following steps DIMM clip 1 If riser card assembly 1 contains one or more adapters remove riser card assembly 1 2 Remove the DIMM air baffle Attention To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM connectors open and close the clips gently Retaining 3 Open the retaining clip on each end of the DIMM connector 4 Touch the static protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the server Then remove the DIMM from the package Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector Insert the DIMM into the connector by aligning the edges of the DIMM with the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector Firmly press the DIMM straight down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM simultaneously The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the DIMM is firmly seated in the connector Attention If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips the DIMM has not been correctly inserted open the retaining clips remove the DIMM and then reinsert it Repeat steps 1 through
375. pported IBM server model The setup program provides a list of tasks that are required to set up your server model On a server with a ServeRAID adapter or SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities you can run the SAS RAID configuration program to create logical drives Note Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program When you start the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD the program prompts you to complete the following tasks e Select your language e Select your keyboard layout and country e View the overview to learn about ServerGuide features IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide e View the readme file to review installation tips for your operating system and adapter e Start the operating system installation You will need your operating system CD Important Before you install a legacy operating system such as VMware on a server with an LSI SAS controller you must first complete the following steps 1 Update the device driver for the LSI SAS controller to the latest level 2 In the Setup utility set Legacy Only as the first option in the boot sequence in the Boot Manager menu 3 Using the LSI Configuration Utility program select a boot drive Typical operating system installation The ServerGuide program can reduce the time it takes to install an operating system It provides the device drivers that are required for your hardwa
376. ps Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that you can encounter use the following information to assist you in problem determination If possible have this information available when you request assistance from IBM Machine type and model Microprocessor and hard disk upgrades Failure symptom Does the server fail the diagnostics tests What occurs When Where Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers Is the failure repeatable Has this configuration ever worked What changes if any were made before the configuration failed ls this the original reported failure Diagnostics program type and version level Hardware configuration print screen of the system summary BIOS code level Operating system type and version level You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups between working and nonworking servers When you compare servers to each other for diagnostic purposes consider them identical only if all the following factors are exactly the same in all the servers Machine type and model BIOS level Adapters and attachments in the same locations Address jumpers terminators and cabling Software versions and levels Diagnostic program type and version level Setup utility settings Operating system control file setup See Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 321 for information about c
377. pter if one is installed c Trained technician only System board 9 See Solving undetermined problems on page 177 for information about solving undetermined problems The monitor works when you 1 Make sure that turn on the server but the mas fe screen goes blank when you ee ecto is not setting a display mode that is higher than the start some application P y programs e You installed the necessary device drivers for the application 2 Run video diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 137 Ifthe server passes the video diagnostics the video is good see undetermined problems on page 177 for information about solving undetermined problems e If the server fails the video diagnostics Trained technician only replace the system board Chapter 3 Diagnostics 111 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The monitor has screen jitter or 4 f the monitor self tests show that the monitor is working correctly consider the the screen image is wavy location o
378. r UUID Updating the DMI SMBIOS data er Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance Before you call ode amp A Using the documentation Getting help and information from the World Wide Web Software service and support me fe Ae a Hardware service and support IBM Taiwan product service Appendix B Notices Trademarks Important notes Particulate contamination Documentation format Electronic emission notices a RR OR Federal Communications Commission FCC statement Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement Avis de conformit a la r glementation d Industrie Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A statement European Union EMC Directive conformance statement Germany Class A statement Japan VCCI Class A statement Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association JEITA statement eo Korea Communications Commission KCC statement Russia Electromagnetic Interference EMI Class A statement People s Republic of China Class A electronic emission statement Taiwan Class A compliance statement Index IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 307 307 309 310 311 311 312 313 314 315 317 s 321 321 321 321 322 322 322 323 323 324 325 326 326 326 327 gt 327 327 327 327 328 329 329 329 329 329 331 Safety Be
379. r greater using high efficiency particulate air HEPA filters that meet MIL STD 282 The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination must be more than 60 e The room must be free of conductive contamination such as zinc whiskers Gaseous e Copper Class G1 as per ANSI ISA 71 04 1985 e Silver Corrosion rate of less than 300 A in 30 days Appendix B Notices 325 Table 19 Limits for particulates and gases continued Contaminant Limits 1 ASHRAE 52 2 2008 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size Atlanta American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc The deliquescent relative humidity of particulate contamination is the relative humidity at which the dust absorbs enough water to become wet and promote ionic conduction 3 ANSI ISA 71 04 1985 Environmental conditions for process measurement and control systems Airborne contaminants Instrument Society of America Research Triangle Park North Carolina U S A Documentation format The publications for this product are in Adobe Portable Document Format PDF and should be compliant with accessibility standards If you experience difficulties when you use the PDF files and want to request a Web based format or accessible PDF document for a publication direct your mail to the following address Information Development IBM Corporat
380. r supply to be lit e Power supply e Power cord Note You must turn on the server for the DC LED on the power supply to be lit The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start e One microprocessor in microprocessor socket 1 e One 2 GB DIMM on the system board e One power supply e Power cord e Three cooling dual motor hot swap fans e One PCI riser card assembly in PCI connector 2 The following illustration shows the locations of the power supply LEDs on the ac power supply AC power LED green N DC power ay LED green Power supply error LED amber P Se LLIN Wk L ce WOE COI Se xp 5 S The following table describes the problems that are indicated by various combinations of the power supply LEDs on an ac power supply and suggested actions to correct the detected problems AC power supply LEDs AC DC Error Description Action Notes On On Off Normal operation Off Off Off No ac power to the 41 Check the ac power to the This is a normal server or a problem server condition when no ac with the ac power 2 Make sure that the power power is present source cord is connected to a functioning power source 3 Restart the server If the error remains check the power supply LEDs 4 If the proble
381. r LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power UpperPCI slot error LED Center PCI slot error LED Chapter 2 Introduction 23 24 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Chapter 3 Diagnostics Diagnostic tool Copyright IBM Corp 2012 This chapter describes the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems that might occur in the server If you cannot locate and correct a problem by using the information in this chapter see Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 321 for more information S The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware related problems e Light path diagnostics Use light path diagnostics to diagnose system errors quickly See Light path diagnostics on page 124 for more information e Dynamic System Analysis DSA Preboot diagnostic programs The DSA Preboot diagnostic programs provide problem isolation configuration analysis and error log collection The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components of the server and are stored in integrated USB memory The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server System configuration Network interfaces and settings Installed hardware Light path diagnostics status Service processor status and configuration Vital product data firmware and UEFI conf
382. r technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action S 3060007 S 3060007 A firmware Internal UEFI Firmware 4 Check the IBM support website for an fault has been detected Fault Detected System applicable retain tip or firmware update that in the UEFI image halted applies to this error 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 S 3070007 S 3070007 A firmware Internal UEFI Firmware 4 Check the IBM support website for an fault has been detected Fault Detected System applicable retain tip or firmware update that in the UEFI image halted applies to this error 2 Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 3108007 S 3108007 The System Configuration 4 Check the IBM support website for an default system settings Restored to Defaults applicable retain tip or firmware update that have been restored applies to this error 2 If the settings differ from defaults run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings W 3808000 W 3808000 An IMM IMM Communication 1 Shut down the system and remove the power communication failure Failure cords from the server for 30 seconds then has occurred reconnect the server to power and restart it 2 Update the IMM firmware to the latest level see
383. rated mirror enhanced array of three to eight disks including up to two optional hot spares All data on the array disks will be deleted Integrated Striping IS also known as RAID 0 Use this option to create an integrated striping array of two to eight disks All data on the array disks will be deleted e Hard disk drive capacities affect how you create arrays The drives in an array can have different capacities but the RAID controller treats them as if they all have the capacity of the smallest hard disk drive e If you use an integrated SAS SATA controller with RAID capabilities to configure a RAID 1 mirrored array after you have installed the operating system you will lose access to any data or applications that were previously stored on the secondary drive of the mirrored pair e If you install a different type of RAID controller see the documentation that comes with the controller for information about viewing and changing settings for attached devices Starting the LSI Configuration Utility program To start the LSI Configuration Utility program complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server Note Approximately 5 to 10 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active 2 When the prompt lt F1 Setup gt is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you are prompted to type the password IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guid
384. rd set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG Type SVT or SJT three conductor cord a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade grounding type attachment plug rated 15 amperes 250 volts For units intended to be operated at 230 volts outside the U S Use a cord set with a grounding type attachment plug The cord set should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed IBM power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that country or region IBM power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5206 China 39M5102 Australia Fiji Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea 188 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide IBM power cord part number Used in these countries and regions 39M5123 Afghanistan Albania Algeria Andorra Angola Armenia Austria Azerbaijan Belarus Belgium Benin Bosnia and Herzegovina Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Comoros Congo Democratic Republic of Congo Republic of Cote D Ivoire Ivory Coast Croatia Republic of Czech Republic Dahomey Djibouti Egypt Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Finland France French Guyana French Polynesia Germany Greece Guadeloupe Guinea Guinea Bissau Hungary Iceland Indonesia Iran Kazakhstan Kyrgyzstan Laos People s Demo
385. rdless of the system state e Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client e Mapping the CD or DVD drive diskette drive and USB flash drive on a remote client and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that are available for use by the server e Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server as a virtual drive Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 309 The blue screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating system hang condition A system administrator can use the blue screen capture to assist in determining the cause of the hang condition Enabling the remote presence feature To enable the remote presence feature complete the following steps 1 Install the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade 2 Turn on the server Note Approximately 20 to 40 seconds after the server is connected to power the power control button becomes active For more information on Features on Demand FoD including instructions for automating the activation and installation of the activation key by using IBM ToolsCenter or IBM Director see the IBM System x Features on Demand User s Guide at http www ibm com systems x fod under the Help section Note You have to reactivate features after replacing the system board Using the embedded hypervisor 310 The VMware E
386. re you do not have to set any microprocessor frequency selection jumpers or switches e If the thermal grease protective cover for example a plastic cap or tape liner is removed from the heat sink do not touch the thermal grease on the bottom of the heat sink or set down the heat_sink For more information about applying or working with thermal grease see Thermal grease on page 287 Note Removing the heat sink from the microprocessor destroys the even distribution of the thermal grease and requires replacing the thermal grease e To order an additional optional microprocessor contact your IBM marketing representative or authorized reseller 282 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide To install an additional microprocessor and heat sink complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines ion page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Attention When you handle static sensitive devices take precautions to avoid damage from static electricity For details about handling these devices see Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Depending on which microprocessor you are removing remove the following components if necessary e Microprocessor 1 PCI riser card assembly 1 and DI
387. re and for the operating system that you are installing This section describes a typical ServerGuide operating system installation Note Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuide program 1 After you have completed the setup process the operating system installation program starts You will need your operating system CD to complete the installation 2 The ServerGuide program stores information about the server model service processor hard disk drive controllers and network adapters Then the program checks the CD for newer device drivers This information is stored and then passed to the operating system installation program 3 The ServerGuide program presents operating system partition options that are based on your operating system selection and the installed hard disk drives 4 The ServerGuide program prompts you to insert your operating system CD and restart the server At this point the installation program for the operating system takes control to complete the installation Installing your operating system without using ServerGuide If you have already configured the server hardware and you are not using the ServerGuide program to install your operating system go ETT a download the latest operating system installation instructions from the IBM website Using the Setup utility Use the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface UEFI formerly BIOS Setup utility to perform the f
388. re installed Check the LAN activity LED on the rear of the server The LAN activity LED is lit when data is active on the Ethernet network If the LAN activity LED is off make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the correct device drivers are installed Check for operating system specific causes of the problem Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same protocol If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware appears to be working the network administrator must investigate other possible causes of the error IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Solving undetermined problems If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative use the information in this section If you suspect that_a_ software problem is causing failures continuous or Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged server firmware can cause undetermined problems To reset the CMOS data use the CMOS jumper to clear the CMOS memory and override the power on password soe feystemiboard If you suspect that the server firmware is damaged see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 If the power supplies are working correctly complete the following steps Check the LEDs on all the power supplies see Power supply LEDs on page 135 If the LEDs indicate that the power supplies are working correctly comple
389. re is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 151 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 166 824 xxx Component MM Test IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C test canceled cannot execute the command Action a Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system 3 Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level Th
390. requests from IMM2 such as a remote request to turn on the server While the server remains connected to ac power one or more fans might continue to run To remove all power from the server you must disconnect it from the power source Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server See your operating system documentation for information about shutting down the operating system Statement 5 AA CAUTION The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device The device also might have more than one power cord To remove all electrical current from the device ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power source AA 20 gt 10a gt _ The server can be turned off in any of the following ways e You can turn off the server from the operating system if your operating system supports this feature After an orderly shutdown of the operating system the server will turn off automatically e You can press the power control button to start an orderly shutdown of the operating system and turn off the server if your operating system supports this feature e If the operating system stops functioning you can press and hold the power control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server e The server can be turned off by Wake on LAN feature with the following limitation Chapter 2 Introdu
391. res 7 ServerGuide 300 firmware recovering server 172 332 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide firmware server starting the backup 307 firmware server updating 282 firmware updating 297 flags tape alert 171 formatting a hard disk drive 313 front view 9 FRUs replacing heat sink retention module 289 system board 290 G gaseous contamination 8 325 getting help 321 grease thermal 287 guidelines installation 191 servicing electrical equipment viii system reliability 192 trained service technicians viii H handling static sensitive devices 193 hard disk drive formatting 313 installing 237 238 problems 104 removing 236 238 hard disk drive backplane removing 240 hard disk drive backplate removing 242 hardware service and support 322 hardware configuring 298 heat output 8 heat sink installing 282 286 removing 279 heat sink retention module installing 289 removing 289 help getting 321 hot swap dual motor hot swap fan 258 hard disk drive 236 hot swap ac power supply 259 installing 259 removing 259 hot swap dc power supply 262 266 installing 266 removing 262 humidity 8 hypervisor flash device problems 106 IBM Advanced Settings Utility program overview 313 IBM Support Line 322 IBM Systems Director updating 314 IMM heartbeat LED 136 IMM2 298 307 error messages 47 important notices 6 IN OK power LED 13 inspecting for unsafe conditions viii installation guid
392. rive 238 size 7 slots PCI expansion 7 software problems 123 software service and support 322 specifications 7 starting LSI Configuration Utility program 312 server firmware 307 Setup utility 302 statements and notices 6 static sensitive devices handling 193 status LEDs 12 stretching full length PCI riser card assembly 217 structural parts 187 support web site 321 SW2 switch block description 20 SW3 switch block description 20 switch block system board 20 switches and jumpers on the system board 19 system error LED front 10 locator LED front 10 System information LED 10 system board connectors 17 external port 18 internal 17 installing 292 LEDs 21 power on password switch 305 removing 290 switches and jumpers 19 system board optional devices connectors 22 system event log 26 system pulse LEDs 136 system reliability guidelines 192 336 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide system errorLED 14 video connector system event log 26 front 9 system event log assertion event 26 rear 12 system event log deassertion event 26 video controller integrated system locator LED 14 specifications 7 viewing event log 27 VMware Hypervisor support 298 T tape alert flags 171 tape drive W installing 249 Wake on LAN feature 14 removing 247 warranty 5 telephone numbers 322 web site temperature 8 publication ordering 321 test log viewing 138 support 321 thermal grease 287 support line tel
393. rmation at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 167 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 405 901 xxx Component Ethernet Device Test Test Control Registers State Failed Description Action 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 2 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay bran
394. rn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Slide the server out of the rack then remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Open the tape drive tray release latch and slide the drive tray out of the bay approximately 25 mm 1 inch Disconnect the power and signal cables from the rear of the tape drive Pull the drive completely out of the bay Remove the tape drive from the drive tray by removing the four screws on the sides of the tray If you are not installing another drive in the bay insert the tape drive filler panel into the empty tape drive bay If you are instructed to return the drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 248 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing an optional tape drive To install a tape drive complete the following steps 1 If the tape drive came with metal spacers on the installed on the sides remove the spacers Install the drive tray on the new tape drive as shown using the four screws that you removed from the former drive Prepare the drive according to the instructions that come with the drive setting any switches or jumpers Slide the tape drive assembly most of the way into the tape drive bay Using the cables from the former tape drive connect the signal and power cables to the back o
395. roduct based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI If this equipment is used in a domestic environment radio interference may occur in which case the user may be required to take corrective actions IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association JEITA statement SAMRAT RI YAA Japanese Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association JEITA Confirmed Harmonics Guideline products less than or equal to 20 A per phase Korea Communications Commission KCC statement 0 WIE PSs Asjc At tS S S AY HUT t ASAE Ol SS FHI Hrer JP 1919 ASM ASE ge Ss AO stLiCt Please note that this equipment has obtained EMC registration for commercial use In the event that it has been mistakenly sold or purchased please exchange it for equipment certified for home use Russia Electromagnetic Interference EMI Class A statement BHUMAHUE Hactostyee nsgenne oTHocutca K Knaccy A B gt KUNbIX NOMELUEHUAX OHO MOXKET CO3AaBaTb paguonomexu DNA CHMXEHNA KOTOPbIX HEOOXOAMMbI AONONHUTeNbHbIe Mepbi People s Republic of China Class A electronic emission statement pie ARM w AB TEAR HAARE EAT a aac EHF ORE PEFR LO TARE Taiwan Class A compliance statement TERMA FA PARE oe gt A Fe Ew Rb P Ak A gt T AG PERATIA Ti gt A AE ADU gt 148 ion RAR HE Hh FAVA RK Appendix B N
396. roprocessor socket 1 on the system board e When one microprocessor is installed the air baffle must be installed to provide proper system cooling e Do not remove the first microprocessor from the system board when you install the second microprocessor e When you install the second microprocessor you must also install additional memory and the fourth fan See Installing a memory module on page 250 for details about the installation sequence e To ensure proper server operation when you install an additional microprocessor use microprocessors that have the same QuickPath Interconnect QPI link speed integrated memory controller frequency core frequency power segment internal cache size and type e Mixing microprocessors of different stepping levels within the same server model is supported e When mixing microprocessors with different stepping levels within the same server model you do not have to install the microprocessor with lowest stepping level and features in microprocessor socket 1 e Both microprocessor voltage regulator modules are integrated on the system board e If you have to replace a microprocessor call for service e Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether you have to update the server firmware To download the latest level of server firmware and other code updates for your server go to e The microprocessor speeds are automatically set for this server therefo
397. ror has Critical IOH PCI Error 1 Check the IBM support website for an been detected by the applicable retain tip or firmware update that IIO core logic on Bus applies to this memory error The Global Fatal 2 Replace the following components one at a Pror Sialis ragietar time in the order shown restarting the server contains The Global ai i g Non Fatal Error Status cacm umg register contains PCI express adapter see Please check error PCI adapter from a PCI riser card logs for the presence assembly on page 221 and Installing a of additional downstream device error data on page 292 S 680B8 S 680B8 Internal QPI Internal QPI Link 1 Check the IBM support website for an Link Failure Detected Failure Detected applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error 2 Inspect the microprocessor socket for foreign material if the microprocessor socket contains any foreign material remove the foreign material If it is found damaged trained technician only replace the system board see Removing the system board onl and lon page 292 S 680B9 S 680B9 External QPI External QPI Link 1 Check the IBM support website for an Link Failure Detected Failure Detected applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this error 2 Inspect the microprocessor socket for foreign material if the microprocessor socket contains any foreign material remove the foreign mat
398. ror messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0107 0301 xxxx 806f0107 0302xxxx The Processor CPU n Status has been detected an over temperature condition n microprocessor number Error Microprocessor temperature has reached thermal trip point a n microprocessor number Make sure that the latest levels of firmware and device drivers are installed for all adapters and standard devices such as Ethernet SCSI and SAS Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code Update the firmware UEFI and IMM to the latest level the firmware on page 297 Run the DSA program Replace the adapter Trained technician only Replace microprocessor n see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Trained technician only Replace the system board see he system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on Chapter 3 Diagnostics 61
399. rrent UEFI P Shutdown Required Required Controller 9 Controller Age 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board onl and lon page 292 W 305800D W 305800D DRIVER DRIVER HEALTH 1 Restart the system See ees eee 2 If the problem persists switch to the backu Disconnect Controller Disconnect Controller i UEFI p P load th t UEFI P Failed Requires Failed Requires MAJE OIE SAA NE ered Reboot Reboot Mage 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board onl and lon page 292 W 305800E W 305800E DRIVER DRIVER HEALTH HEALTH PROTOCOL Reports Invalid Health Status Driver PROTOCOL Reports Invalid Health Status Driver 1 Restart the system 2 If the problem persists switch to the backup UEFI image or reload the current UEFI image 3 Trained technician only Replace the system board see Removing the system board on lpage 290 and Installing the system board n page 292 44 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check fo
400. rror LED is lit with a supported type Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on 1 1800D l 1800D A cache associativity mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages Processors have one or more cache levels with mismatched associativity 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the ServerProven website at http www ibm com systems info x86servers serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on page 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on 32 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 1 1800E I 1800E A processor model mismatch has been detected for one or more processor packages Processors have
401. rty right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non IBM product program or service IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk NY 10504 1785 U S A INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice Any references in this information to non IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this
402. rveRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery holder 272 When you install any ServeRAID adapter that comes with batteries it is sometimes necessary to install the batteries in another location in the server to prevent the batteries from overheating To install a ServeRAID adapter battery in the server complete the following steps i Read the safety information that begins on page vill and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external devices Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Connect one end of the battery power cable to the ServeRAID adapter battery connector Route the remote battery cable along the chassis Attention Make sure that the cable is not pinched and does not cover any connectors or obstruct any components on the system board IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 6 Install the battery a b Align the battery cable connector with the slot on the battery holder Place the battery into the battery holder and make sure that the battery holder engages the battery securely The following illustrations show the batteries installed in the battery holder and battery tray respectively Battery Release tab be Battery Battery retention clip Battery Battery tray Note The positioning of the remote battery depends on the type of re
403. rver 179 The following illustration shows the major components in the server The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware 180 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide The following table lists the part numbers for the server components Table 11 Parts listing Type 7915 CRU part CRU part number number Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 2 PCI Express riser card assembly x 8 94Y6704 2 PCI Express riser card assembly x 16 94Y6707 2 PCI X riser card assembly 94Y6706 2 PCI Express riser card assembly x 16 00D9530 3 Heat sink 95 watt 94Y6618 3 Heat sink 130 watt 94Y6614 3 Heat sink 135 watt 94Y6696 Microprocessor installation tool 94Y9955 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2690 2 90 GHz 20 MB 135 W 49Y8115 8 core Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2637 3 00 GHz 5 MB 80 W 2 core 49Y8124 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2665 2 40 GHz 20 MB 115 W 8 49Y8142 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2650L 1 80 GHz 20 MB 70 W 8 81Y5160 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2603 1 80 GHz 10 MB 80 W 4 81Y5161 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2609 2 40 GHz 10 MB 80 W 4 81Y5163 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2620 2 00 GHz 15 MB 95 W 6 81Y5164 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon E5 2630 2 30 GHz 15 MB 95 W 6 81Y5165 core 4 Microprocessor Intel Xeon
404. rver and lift the cover release latch H Slide the cover toward the rear and lift the cover off the server Set the cover aside Attention For proper cooling and airflow replace the cover before you turn on the server Operating the server for extended periods of time over 30 minutes with the cover removed might damage server components 6 If you are instructed to return the cover follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 205 Installing the cover To install the cover complete the following steps Cover release latch 1 Make sure that all internal cables are correctly routed see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 2 Place the cover release latch in the open up position 3 Insert the bottom tabs of the top cover into the matching slots in the server chassis 4 Press down on the cover release latch to lock the cover in place 5 Slide the server into the rack Removing the air baffle When you work with some optional devices you must first remove the DIMM air baffle to access certain components or connectors on the system board To remove the DIMM air baffle complete the following steps 206 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide A PCI riser card a assembly 2 J L N 2 Os PCI riser card Air baffle Read the safety inf
405. ry the server might have a memory address conflict e The software is designed to operate on the server e Other software works on the server e The software works on another server 2 If you received any error messages when using the software see the information that comes with the software for a description of the messages and suggested solutions to the problem 3 Contact the software vendor Chapter 3 Diagnostics 123 Universal Serial Bus USB port problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician e Go to the IBM support Web site at htip www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A USB device does not work 1 Make sure that The correct USB device driver is installed The operating system supports USB devices 2 Make sure that the USB configuration options are set correctly in the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 for more information 3 If you are using a USB hub disconnect the USB device from the hub and connect it directly to the server 4 Move the device cable to a different USB connector Video problems See
406. ry Logging Limit Reached for One of the DIMMs Error The memory logging limit has been reached Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a memory module on page 250 for memory population If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector check the DIMM connector If the connector contains any foreign material or is damaged replace the system board see page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 Trained technician only Remove the affected microprocessor and check the microprocessor socket pins for any damaged pins If a damage is found replace the system board see and Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see and neat sink on page 282 74 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained tec
407. s Diagnostic tools Event logs Viewing event logs from the Setup utility Viewing event logs without restarting the server Clearing the error logs POST POST UEFI diagnostic codes System event log Integrated management module II IMM2 error messages Checkout procedure About the checkout procedure Performing the checkout procedure Troubleshooting tables DVD drive problems General problems Hard disk drive problems Hypervisor problems Intermittent problems Memory problems Microprocessor problems Monitor or video problems Network connection problems Optional device problems Power problems Serial device problems Vil viii viii viii ServerGuide problems a ee ee ee eee 122 Software problems bow He BO ae a ok wy amp 6 W283 Universal Serial Bus USB port problems oo Eke he oe oe wt ca Gc 124 Video problems 1 ee ee ee ee 124 Light path diagnostics BiG ae ee ok ae he lk ee a oe LAA Light path diagnostics LEDs wok ow Ao he oe bee om Oe ce 6 ae 129 Power supply LEDs gt s s s s s s a a a op d ogor e we eee 185 System pulse LEDs fog e gos ce Bag dd amp 186 Diagnostic programs messages and error codes oe oaoa a ee aun oe 187 Running the diagnostic programs 187 Diagnostic text messages 2 2 ee e 188 Viewing the test log x s v soa ee po s sos ee ee 138 Diagnostic messages
408. s as necessary see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 7 Locate the battery on the system board 8 Remove the battery a If there is a rubber cover on the battery holder use your fingers to lift the battery cover from the battery connector b Use one finger to push the battery horizontally away from the PCI riser card in slot 2 and out of its housing IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide AU ig lal tp i agooocga i iu oooo0o00 TI ert Battery
409. s corrected the system is restarted or a new problem occurs By placing the system error LED indicator in Remind mode you acknowledge that you are aware of the last failure but will not take immediate action to correct the problem The remind function is controlled by the IMM2 e Reset button Press this button to reset the server and run the power on self test POST You might have to use a pen or the end of a straightened paper clip to press the button The Reset button is in the lower right hand corner of the light path diagnostics panel For additional information about the light path diagnostics panel LEDs see path diagnostics on page 124 The following illustration shows the connectors on the rear of the server Etherneti 10G ethernet shared system with optional management ethernet Ethernet2 Ethernet3 Ethernet4 10G ethernet card Power supply 2 7 A ip E O i F O cE A z ne na System management Video Serial USB3 USB4 USB5 USB6 NMI Power supply 1 ethernet dedicated button Ethernet connectors Use either of these connectors to connect the server to a network When you enable shared Ethernet for IMM2 in the Setup utility you can access the IMM2 using either the Ethernet 1 or the system management Ethernet default connector See Usi
410. s for 1024 bytes MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes and GB stands for 1 073 741 824 bytes IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume MB stands for 1 000 000 bytes and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes Total user accessible capacity can vary depending on operating environments Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest currently supported drives that are available from IBM Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an optional memory module IBM makes no representation or warranties regarding non IBM products and services that are ServerProven including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non IBM products Support if any for the non IBM products is provided by the third party not IBM Some software might differ from its retail version if available and might not include user manuals or all program functionality Particulate contamination Attention Airborne particulates including metal flakes or particles and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or
411. s lit it indicates that a system error has occurred A system error LED is also on the rear of the server An LED on 10 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide the light path diagnostics panel on the operator information panel or on the system board is also lit to help isolate the error This LED is controlled by the IMM2 Light path diagnostics panel The light path diagnostics panel is located on the top of the operator information panel Note The system service label on the underside of the cover also provides information about the location of the light path diagnostics LEDs To access the light path diagnostics panel press the blue release latch on the operator information panel Pull forward on the panel until the hinge of the operator information panel is free of the server chassis Then pull down on the panel so that you can view the light path diagnostics panel information Operator information panel Release latch The following illustration shows the LEDs and controls on the light path diagnostics panel p OVER s H SPEC Pcl a NMI CONFIG LINK Ag Remind MEM CPU KM mmm TEMP Fan BOARD Do O Pesel O Light Path Diagnostics Chapter 2 Introduction 11 Rear view e Remind button This button places the system error LED check log LED on the front information panel into Remind mode In Remind mode the system error LED flashes every 2 seconds until the problem i
412. sensor has Complete the following steps for PCI has transitioned to transitioned to I O resource error issue resolution critical from a less critical from less 1 Understand the I O resource severe state severe requirements in a basic system 2 Identify the I O resource requirements for desired add in adapters For examples PCI X or PCle adapters 3 Disable on board devices that you can do without and that request I O 4 In F1 setup select the System Settings gt Device and I O Ports menu 5 Remove adapters or disable slots until the I O resource is less than 64 KB 806f011b 0701xxxx The Front USB Error The system had Reseat the front USB cable on the connector has detected an system board encountered a internal connection configuration error error 806f011b 0701xxxx The Front Video Error The system had Reseat the front video cable on the connector has encountered a configuration error detected an internal connection error system board Chapter 3 Diagnostics 87 Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0125 0c01xxxx Front panel entity has Info A front panel entity No action information only been detected
413. splay Indocid MIGR 507921 7 amp brandind 5000008 for the Tape Storage Products Problem Determination and Service Guide This document describes troubleshooting and problem determination information for your tape drive Tape alert flags are numbered 1 through 64 and indicate specific media changer error conditions Each tape alert is returned as an individual log parameter and its state is indicated in bit O of the 1 byte Parameter Value field of the log parameter When this bit is set to 1 the alert is active Each tape alert flag has one of the following severity levels C Critical W Warning I Information Different tape drives support some or all of the following flags in the tape alert log Flag 2 Library Hardware B W This flag is set when an unrecoverable mechanical error occurs Flag 4 Library Hardware D C This flag is set when the tape drive fails the power on self test or a mechanical error occurs that requires a power cycle to recover This flag is internally cleared when the drive is powered off Flag 13 Library Pick Retry W This flag is set when a high retry count threshold is passed during an operation to pick a cartridge from a slot before the operation succeeds This flag is internally cleared when another pick operation is attempted Flag 14 Library Place Retry W This flag is set when a high retry count threshold is passed during an operation to place a cartridge back into a slot before the operation s
414. st be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action W 58001 W 58001 The PFA DIMM PFA Threshold Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM Threshold limit correctable error logging limit has been exceeded on DIMM number at address MC5 Status contains and MC5 Misc contains Exceeded you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server 1 Check the IBM support website for an applicable retain tip or firmware update that applies to this memory error 2 Swap the affected DIMMs as indicated by the error LEDs on the system board or the event logs to a different memory channel see solr memory population sequence 3 If the error still occurs on the same DIMM replace the affected DIMM see memory module DIMM on page 250 and Installing a memory module on page 250 4 If the problem occurs on the same DIMM connector swap other DIMMs in the same memory channel to a different memory channel or microprocessor see Installing a population sequence If the problem follows a moved DIMM to a different memory channel replace the affected DIMM 5 Trained technician only If the problem occurs on the same
415. supportportal Notices and statements in this document 6 The caution and danger statements that appear in this document are also in the multilingual Safety Information document which is on the IBM System x Documentation CD Each statement is numbered for reference to the corresponding statement in the Safety Information document The following notices and statements are used in this document e Note These notices provide important tips guidance or advice e Important These notices provide information or advice that might help you avoid inconvenient or problem situations e Attention These notices indicate potential damage to programs devices or data An attention notice is placed just before the instruction or situation in which damage might occur e Caution These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardous to you A caution statement is placed just before the description of a potentially hazardous procedure step or situation e Danger These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you A danger statement is placed just before the description of a potentially lethal or extremely hazardous procedure step or situation IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Features and specifications The following information is a summary of the features and specifications of the server Depending on the server model some features might not
416. t IMM 12C Test State Aborted Description IMM 12C test aborted the test cannot be completed for an unknown reason Action iF Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 166 803 xxx MM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C test aborted the node is busy try 2 later ers Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to Make sure that the IMM firmware is at t
417. t describes the diagnostic tools that come with the server error codes and suggested actions and instructions for replacing failing components The most recent version of this document is available at http www ibm com Supportportal For information about the terms of the warranty see the Warranty Information document that comes with the server For information about getting service and assistance see Appendix A Getting help and technical assistance on page 321 Related documentation In addition to this document the following documentation also comes with the server e Environmental Notices and User Guide This document is in PDF format on the IBM System x Documentation CD It contains translated environmental notices e IBM License Agreement for Machine Code This document is in PDF It contains translated versions of the IBM License Agreement for Machine code for your server IBM Warranty Information This printed document contains the warranty terms and a pointer to the IBM Statement of Limited Warranty on the IBM website e Installation and User s Guide This document is in Portable Document Format PDF on the IBM System x Documentation CD It provides general information about setting up and cabling the server including information about features and how to configure the server It also contains detailed instructions for installing removing and connecting some optional devices that the server supports e Li
418. t relates to the number of RDIMMs in a channel When you install 1 RDIMM per channel the memory runs at 1600 MHz When you install 2 RDIMMs per channel the memory runs at 1600 MHz When you install 3 RDIMMs per channel the memory runs at 1066 MHz All channels in a server run at the fastest common frequency Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 251 Do not install registered unbuffered and load reduction DIMMs in the same server e The maximum memory speed is determined by the combination of the microprocessor DIMM speed DIMM type Operating Modes in UEFI settings and the number of DIMMs installed in each channel e In two DIMM per channel configuration a server with an Intel Xeon E5 2600 series microprocessor automatically operates with a maximum memory speed of up to 1600 MHz when the following condition is met Two 1 35 V single rank dual ranl or quad rank UDIMMs RDIMMs or LRDIMMs are installed in the same channel In the Setup utility Memory speed is set to Max performance and LV DIMM power is set to Enhance performance mode The 1 35 V UDIMMs RDIMMs or LRDIMMs will function at 1 5 V e The server supports a maximum of 16 dual rank UDIMMs The server supports up to two UDIMMs per channel e The server supports a maximum of 24 single rank dual rank or 16 quad rank RDIMMs The server does not support three quad rank RDIMMs in the same channel e The following table shows an example o
419. t the power cable and then the signal cable and configuration cable Port 0 3 Port 4 7 SAS signal cables 200 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 16 drive capable model Configuration cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing for the configuration cable i MM Configuration cable ENEE if Power cable connection The following illustration shows the internal routing for the hard disk drive power cable MAC m SAS SATA backplane MINA power cable i
420. t the system if necessary to recover from a hung state 7 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 089 802 xxx CPU CPU Stress Aborted System Test resource availability error Turn off and restart the system 2 Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 3 Run the test again 4 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For the latest level of firmware go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1 and select your system to display a matrix of available firmware Run the test again 6 Turn off and restart the system if necessary to recover from a hung state Run the test again 8 Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 9 Run the test again 10 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss
421. tach the redundant power information label that comes with this option on the server cover near the power supplies XXXW AC XXXW AC STE LE Xxx xxx BATE BE xxx xxx Ef XXX XXXV 3A R XXX XXXV xix x A x x x x A x xx Hz xx xx Hz 4 Slide the power supply into the bay until the retention latch clicks into place Attention Do not install the different power rating or wattage of power supplies high efficiency and non high efficiency power supplies in the server 5 Connect the power cord for the new power supply to the power cord connector on the power supply The following illustration shows the power cord connectors on the back of the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 261 p o ZZ D a T TI li S OC OC m Power cord connectors 6 Route the power cord through the clip next to power supply and through any cable clamps on the rear of the server to prevent the power cord from being accidentally pulled out when you slide the server in and out of the rack 7 Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet 8 Make sure that the error LED on the power supply is not lit and that the ac power LED on the power supply are lit indicating that the power supply is operating correctly 9
422. talls a consumable component at your request you will be charged for the service e Structural parts Purchase and replacement of structural parts components such as chassis assembly top cover and bezel is your responsibility If IBM acquires or installs a structural component at your request you will be charged for the service e Tier 1 customer replaceable unit CRU Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request you will be charged for the installation e Tier 2 customer replaceable unit You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it at no additional charge under the type of warranty service that is designated for your server See Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server on page 179 to determine whether a component is a structural part consumable part Tier 1 CRU or Tier 2 CRU For information about the terms of the warranty see the Warranty Information document that comes with the server Installation guidelines Copyright IBM Corp 2012 Attention Static electricity that is released to internal server components when the server is powered on might cause the system to halt which might result in the loss of data To avoid this potential problem always use an electrostatic discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when removing or installing a hot swap device Before you remove or replace a component read the following informatio
423. tarting the server each time If the Pwr rail C error has been recorded in the IMM2 event log again the component that you just reinstalled is defective Replace the defective component e DIMMs 1 through 6 see Removing a memory module DIMM on page 250 and Installing a memory module on page 250 e Fan 1 e PCI riser card assembly 1 see Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 e Optional adapter if one is present installed in PCI riser card assembly 1 see Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly on page 221 and Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly on page 222 5 Follow actions in Solving power problems on page 175 if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit 6 Replace the power supply if the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is still lit Chapter 3 Diagnostics 117 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to su
424. tarting the server each time a Trained technician only Replace the system board The CD or DVD drive is not working correctly Clean the CD or DVD Replace the CD or DVD with new CD or DVD media Run the DVD drive diagnostic programs Reseat the DVD drive Replace the DVD drive afr on Chapter 3 Diagnostics 103 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The DVD drive tray is not 1 Make sure that the server is turned on working 2 Insert the end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray release opening 3 Reseat the DVD drive 4 Replace the DVD drive General problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a trained service technician Go to the IBM support Web site at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers
425. tartup device sequence set the date and time and set passwords For information about using this program see Using the Setup utility on page 301 e Boot Manager program The Boot Manager program is part of the server firmware Use it to override the startup sequence that is set in the Setup utility and temporarily assign a device to be first in the startup sequence For more information about using this program see Using the Boot Manager program on page 306 e Integrated management module Il Use the integrated management module II IMM2 for configuration to update the firmware and sensor data record SDR data and to remotely manage a network For information about using IMM2 see Using the integrated management module II on page 307 e Remote presence capability and blue screen capture The remote presence and blue screen capture feature are integrated into the Integrated Management Module II IMM2 The Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade is required to enable the remote presence functions When the optional Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade is installed in the server it activates the remote presence functions Without the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrade you will not be able to access the network remotely to mount or unmount drives or images on the client system However you will still be able to access the web interface without the Integrated Management Module Advanced Upgrad
426. tatement 31 AA Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 263 264 DANGER Electrical current from power telephone and communication cables is hazardous To avoid a shock hazard e Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation maintenance or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm e Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded power source e Connect to properly wired power sources any equipment that will be attached to this product e When possible use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables e Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire water or structural damage e Disconnect the attached ac power cords dc power sources network connections telecommunications systems and serial cables before you open the device covers unless you are instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures e Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when you install move or open covers on this product or attached devices To Connect To Disconnect 1 Turn OFF all power sources and 1 Turn OFF all power sources and equipment that is to be attached to this equipment that is to be attached to this product product 2 Attach signal cables to the product e For ac systems remove all power cords from the chassis power receptacles or interrupt power at the ac power distribution unit 3 Attach
427. te the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Make sure that the server is cabled correctly 3 Remove or disconnect the following devices one at a time until you find the failure Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time e Any external devices e Surge suppressor device on the server e Modem printer mouse and non IBM devices e Each adapter e Hard disk drives e Memory modules The minimum configuration requirement is 2 GB DIMM per installed microprocessor e Service processor IMM2 The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start e One microprocessor slot 1 e One 2 GB DIMM per installed microprocessor slot 3 if only one microprocessor is installed e One power supply e Power cord e Three cooling dual motor hot swap fans e One PCI riser card assembly in PCI riser connector 2 e ServeRAID SAS controller 4 Turn on the server If the problem remains suspect the system board If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter suspect the adapter if the problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one suspect the riser card If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server If the problem remains see Troubleshooting tables on page 103 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 177 Problem determination ti
428. tes that the drive has failed When this LED is flashing slowly one flash per second it indicates that the drive is being rebuilt as part of a RAID configuration When the LED is flashing rapidly three flashes per second it indicates that the controller is identifying the drive Video connector Connect a monitor to this connector The video connectors on the front and rear of the server can be used simultaneously Chapter 2 Introduction 9 USB connectors Connect a USB device such as USB mouse keyboard or other USB device to either of these connectors Operator information panel This panel contains controls light emitting diodes LEDs and connectors For information about the controls and LEDs on the operator information panel see Operator information panel Rack release latches Press these latches to release the server from the rack Optional CD DVD eject button Press this button to release a CD or DVD from the CD RW DVD drive Optional CD DVD drive activity LED When this LED is lit it indicates that the CD RW DVD drive is in use Operator information panel The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the operator information panel Power control button power on LED Ethernet Locator button icon locator LED Release latch tana aL A Ema Ethernet Check log LED System error LED activity LEDs e Pow
429. test level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com Reseat the optional network adapter Reseat the PCI riser card assembly 1 Reseat the PCI riser card assembly 2 Trained technician only Reseat the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 158 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips
430. th adapter for the upper expansion slot in the riser card remove the full length adapter bracket from underneath the top of the riser card assembly and insert it in the end of the upper expansion slot of the riser card assembly See Stretching a PCI risercard pera on page 217 far instructions For riser 2 if the adapter is a full length adapter for the upper expansion slot in the riser card the bracket is on the cage by default Insert it in the end of the upper expansion slot of the riser card assembly See Stretching a PCI riser card assembly on page 217 for instructions PCI riser card assembly Full length lt adapter bracket Align the adapter with the PCI connector on the riser card and the guide on the external end of the riser card assembly Press the adapter firmly into the PCI connector on the riser card PCI PCI usor carc riser card assembly assembly in short position in long position Adapter connectors Adapter connectors BS S RA ZB By Full length adapter bracket Full length adapter bracket 2 Connect any required cables to the adapter see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 Attention When you route cables do not block any connectors or the ventilated space around any of the fans Make sure that cables are not routed on top of components under the PCI riser card assembly Make sure that cables are not pinched by the server components 3 Align
431. the CD or DVD drive 3 Follow the instructions on the screen IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide For additional information and instructions see the ESXi Embedded and vCenter Server Setup Guide at http www vmware com pdf vsphere4 r40_u1 Vvsp_40_u1_esxi_e_vc_setup_guide pdf Setting the PXE boot protocol using the Setup utility To use the Setup utility to configure the boot protocol to boot from a non UEFI legacy network device for all PXE boot attempts complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server see Turning on the server on page 14 2 When the prompt Press lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrator password to access the full Setup utility menu If you do not type the administrator password a limited Setup utility menu is available From the Setup utility main menu select Boot Manager Select Boot Modes then select Legacy Only Press Esc twice to return to the Setup utility main menu Select Save Settings and then select Exit Setup on Pw To use the Setup utility to configure the boot protocol to boot from a non UEFI legacy network device for the next boot only complete the following steps 1 Turn on the server see Turning on the server on page 14 2 When the prompt Press lt F1 gt Setup is displayed press F1 If you have set an administrator password you must type the administrat
432. the Unattended Start mode in which the keyboard and mouse remain locked but the operating system can start You can unlock the keyboard and mouse by typing the power on password If you forget the power on password you can regain access to the server in any of the following ways e If an administrator password is set type the administrator password at the password prompt Start the Setup utility and reset the power on password e Remove the battery from the server and then reinstall it See Removing the battery on page 273 for instructions on removing the battery e Change the position of the power on password switch enable switch 4 of the system board switch block SW3 to bypass the power on password check see System board switches and jumpers on page 19 for more information Chapter 6 Configuration information and instructions 305 i a TUT TU Th Pr EIST a i UEFI boot backup e jumper JP2 Sa 3 f _ Shak CMOS clear _ Iy jumper JP1 a d E a romanna loooon0000 O a il mS ____ System TPM physical presence jumper JP20
433. the backplane follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the SAS hard disk drive backplane To install the replacement SAS hard disk drive backplane complete the following steps 240 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Hard disk drive backplane Configuration 7 cable Power cable Connect the power and signal cables to the replacement backplane see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 Align the backplane with the backplane slot in the chassis and the small slots on top of the hard disk drive cage Lower the backplane into the slots on the chassis Rotate the top of the backplane until the front tab clicks into place into the latches on the chassis Insert the hard disk drives and the fillers the rest of the way into the bays Replace the fan bracket and fans if you removed them see Installing the fan bracket on page 215 and Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 258 Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 241 Removing the simple swap hard disk drive backplate To remove the simple swap hard disk drive backplate complete t
434. the cluster solution before you update the code Remove components one at a time restarting the server each time to see if the problem goes away If the problem remains trained service technician replace the system board see 40000001 00000000 IMM Network Initialization Complete Info An IMM network has completed initialization No action information only 92 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 40000002 00000000 Certificate Authority 1 has detected a 2 Certificate Error 1 IBM_CertificateAuthority CADistinguishedName 2 Error CIM_PublicKeyCertificate ElementName A problem has occurred with the SSL Server SSL Client or SSL Trusted CA certificate that has been imported into the IMM The imported certificate must contain a public key that corresponds to the key pair that was previously generated by the Generate a New Key and Certificate Signing Request link 1 Make sure that the certificate that you are importing is correct 2 Try importing the certificate again 40000003 00000000 Ethernet D
435. the copy command in the DSA interactive menu Diagnostic messages The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the column 138 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 089 801 xxx CPU CPU Stress Aborted Internal Test program error Turn off and restart the system Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA 3 Run the test again Make sure that the system firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again 6 Turn off and restar
436. the drive while using another finger to grasp the black drive handle and pull the hard disk drive out of the drive bay 5 Reinstall the drive bay filler panel that you removed earlier 6 If you are instructed to return the simple swap drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a simple swap hard disk drive 238 Locate the documentation that comes with the hard disk drive and follow those instructions in addition to the instructions in this section Simple swap models do not support the SAS hot swap backplane or the SAS riser card For information about the type of hard disk drive that the server supports and other information that you must consider when installing a hard disk drive see the Installation and User s Guide on the IBM Documentation CD Important Do not install a SCSI hard disk drive in this server IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 3 5 inch simple swap hard disk drive To install a drive in a simple swap bay complete the following steps Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each bay 1 Read the safety information that begins on devices on page 193 and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and
437. the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 4000001 e 00000000 Running the backup IMM main application Error The IMM has resorted to running the backup main application Update the IMM firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 98 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000001f 00000000 Please ensure that Error The server does Update the IMM firmware to a version the IMM is flashed not support the that the server supports with the correct installed IMM Important Some cluster solutions firmware The IMM is firmware version require specific code levels or unable to match its coordinated code updates If the device firmware to the is part of a cluster solution verify that server the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 40000020 00000000 IMM reset was Info The IMM
438. the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 405 905 xxx Component Ethernet Device Test Test Loop back at MAC Layer State Failed Description Action 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again 3 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 4 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 405 906 xxx 405 907 xxx Ethernet Device Ethernet Device Test Loop back at Physical Layer Test LEDs Failed Failed 1 Check the Ethernet cable for damage and make sure that the cable type and
439. the rear of the DVD drive cage press and hold the connector latch on the left of the cable connector and grasp the cable connector and slide it to the right then remove the DVD drive cable from the connector on the back of the DVD drive and set it aside Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 245 6 Cable connector latch If you are instructed to return the DVD drive cable follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing the DVD drive cable To install the DVD drive cable complete the following steps dl Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cords and all external cables Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Remove the air baffle see Removing the air baffle on page 206 Align the cable connector with the connector on the rear of the DVD drive cage Press the cable connector into the optical drive cage connector and slide it to the left until it is firmly seated So Cable S connector latch The following illustration shows cable routing for the DVD cable Attention Follow the optical drive cable routing as the illustration shows Make sure that the cable is not pinched and does not cover any con
440. til approximately 20 to 40 seconds after the server has been connected to power gla Make sure that the power control button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reconnect the power cords c Trained technician only Reseat the operator information panel cables and then repeat steps 1a and 1b e Trained technician only If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel e If the server does not start bypass the power control button by using the force power on jumper see System board switches and jumpers on page 19 If the server starts reseat the operator information panel If the problem remains replace the operator information panel Make sure that the reset button is working correctly a Disconnect the server power cords b Reconnect the power cords c Trained technician only Reseat the light path diagnostics panel cable and then repeat steps 1a and 1b e Trained technician only If the server starts replace the light path diagnostics panel e If the server does not start go to step 3 Make sure that both power supplies installed in the server are of the same type Mixing different power supplies in the server will cause a system error the system error LED on the front panel turns on and the PS and CNFG LEDs on the operator information panel are lit Make sure that e The power cords are correctly conn
441. tion Clear Power on Password Select this choice to clear a power on password For more information see Power on password on page 305 for more information Set Admin Password Select this choice to set or change an administrator password An administrator password is intended to be used by a system administrator it limits access to the full Setup utility menu If an administrator password is set the full Setup utility menu is available only if you type the administrator password at the password prompt For more information see Administrator password on page 306 Clear Admin Password Select this choice to clear an administrator password For more information see Administrator password on page 306 e Save Settings Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings 304 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide e Restore Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the previous settings e Load Default Settings Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings and restore the factory settings e Exit Setup Select this choice to exit from the Setup utility If you have not saved the changes that you have made in the settings you are asked whether you want to save the changes or exit without saving them Passwords From the User Security menu choice you can set
442. tion 4 Make sure that the air vents are not blocked 5 Make sure that the heat sink or the fan on the adapter or the optional network adapter is seated correctly If the fan has failed replace it For more information go to http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL FAN A fan has failed is operating too 41 Reseat the failing fan which is indicated by a lit LED near slowly or has been removed The the fan connector on the system board TEMP LED might also be lit a 7 Replace the failing fan see dual motor hot swap fan on page 257 and Installing a hot swap dual motor hot swap fan on page 258 Chapter 3 Diagnostics 133 Table 7 Light path diagnostics panel LEDs continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician LED Description Action BOARD An error has occurred on the 1 Check the LEDs on the system board to identify the system board or the system component that caused the error The BOARD LED can battery be lit due to any of the following reasons Battery e Trained technician only System board 2 Check the system error log for information about the error 3 Replace the failing component e Batter
443. tion at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL Trained technician only Reseat the system board Reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL Chapter 3 Diagnostics 157 Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved e If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Message number 166 907 xxx Component MM Test IMM 12C Test State Failed Description Action The IMM indicates a failure in the PCA bus Bus 6 1 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power source You must disconnect the system from ac power to reset the IMM After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power source and turn on the system Run the test again Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the la
444. tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action An IBM optional device that used to work does not work now 1 2 Make sure that all of the cable connections for the device are secure If the device comes with test instructions use those instructions to test the device If the failing device is a SCSI device make sure that e The cables for all external SCSI devices are connected correctly The last device in each SCSI chain or the end of the SCSI cable is terminated correctly e Any external SCSI device is turned on You must turn on an external SCSI device before you turn on the server Reseat the failing device Replace the failing device 114 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power problems e Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The power control button does not work and the reset button does not work the server does not start Note The power control button will not function un
445. to press the button The Reset button is in the lower right corner of the light path diagnostics panel Light path diagnostics LEDs The following table describes the LEDs on the light path diagnostics panel and suggested actions to correct the detected problems Table 7 Light path diagnostics pane LEDs Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician LED Description Action Check log LED System error LED An error has occurred and cannot 4 Check the IMM2 system event log and the system error be isolated without performing log for information about the error certain procedures 2 Save the log if necessary and clear the log afterwards An error has occurred 1 Check the light path diagnostics LEDs and follow the instructions 2 Check the IMM2 system event log and the system error log for information about the error 3 Save the log if necessary and clear the log afterwards PS When only the PS LED is lit a The system might detect a power supply error Complete the power supply has failed following steps to correct the problem 1 Check the power supply with a lit yellow LED see Power supply LEDs on page 135 2 Make sure that the power supplies are seated correctly and plugged in a good AC o
446. to replace it complete the following steps 1 3 4 Read the safety information that begins on page ii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external devices Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Remove the remotely installed ServeRAID SAS controller battery see Removing a remotely installed ServeRAID adapter battery on page 231 Press the release tab and lift the battery holder up to remove the battery holder from the air baffle Release tab If you are instructed to return the ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder To install a ServeRAID SAS controller remote battery retention in the server complete the following steps iL Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external devices Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Align the battery holder and place the battery holder on the air baffle Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 235 ONO Make sure that the battery holder is secured firmly on the air baffle Install the cover Installing the co
447. tor on the battery 6 Lift the battery up to remove the battery from the battery holder If you are instructed to return the ServeRAID adapter battery follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a ServeRAID SAS controller battery on the remote battery tray 232 When you install any ServeRAID adapter that comes with batteries it is sometimes necessary to install the batteries in another location in the server to prevent the batteries from overheating The batteries must be installed near the fan cage To install a ServeRAID adapter battery in the server complete the following steps Note If you are installing ServeRAID M5100 Series 512 MB cache RAID 5 upgrade that comes with a battery you must install the battery in ServeRAID SAS controller remote battery retention instead see Installing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder o n page 209 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide N e amp a D Read the safety information that begins on page ii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external devices Remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Connect one end of the battery cable to the ServeRAID adapter battery connector Route the remote battery cable along the chassis Attent
448. tting e System Event Logs Select this choice to enter the System Event Manager where you can view the error messages in the system event logs You can use the arrow keys to move between pages in the error log The system event logs contain all event and error messages that have been generated during POST by the systems management interface handler and by the system service processor Run the diagnostic programs to get more information about error codes that occur See Running the diagnostic programs on page 137 for instructions on running the diagnostic programs Important If the system error LED on the front of the server is lit but there are no other error indications clear the IMM2 system event log Also after you complete a repair or correct an error clear the IMM2 system event log to turn off the system error LED on the front of the server POST Event Viewer Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the POST error messages System Event Log Select this choice to view the IMM2 system event log Clear System Event Log Select this choice to clear the IMM2 system event log e User Security Select this choice to set change or clear passwords See for more information This choice is on the full and limited Setup utility menu Set Power on Password Select this choice to set or change a power on password For more information see Power on password on page 305 for more informa
449. ttings and save the settings A arta 2 Recover the server firmware see ging Recovering the server firmware on page The update was 171 aborted i S 3818007 S 3818007 The CRTM image capsule 4 Run the Setup utility select Load Default firmware image could not be verified Settings and save the settings oIa a 2 Recover the server firmware see ss Recovering the server firmware on page verified 71 W 3938002 W 3938002 A boot Boot Configuration 46 configuration error has been detected Error Run the Setup utility select Load Default Settings and save the settings Recover the server firmware see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide System event log The system event log contains messages of three types Information Information messages do not require action they record significant system level events such as when the server is started Warning Warning messages do not require immediate action they indicate possible problems such as when the recommended maximum ambient temperature is exceeded Error when a fan is not detected Error messages might require action they indicate system errors such as Each message contains date and time information and it indicates the source of the message POST or the IMM2 Integrated management module II IMM2 error messages The following ta
450. ucceeds This flag is internally cleared when another place operation is attempted Flag 15 Library Load Retry W This flag is set when a high retry count threshold is passed during an operation to load a cartridge into a drive before the operation succeeds This flag is internally cleared when another load operation is attempted Note that if the load operation fails because of a media or drive problem the drive sets the applicable tape alert flags Flag 16 Library Door C This flag is set when media move operations cannot be performed because a door is open This flag is internally cleared when the door is closed Flag 23 Library Scan Retry W This flag is set when a high retry count threshold is passed during an operation to scan the bar code on a cartridge before the operation succeeds This flag is internally cleared when another bar code scanning operation is attempted Recovering the server firmware Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code If the server firmware has become corrupted such as from a power failure during an update you can recover the server firmware in one of two ways Chapter 3 Diagnostics 171 172 e In band method Recover server firmware using either the boot block jumper Automated Boot Recovery and a server
451. ued CRU part CRU part number number Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 Cable SAS 610 mm 00D3276 Cable SAS 69Y2281 Cable SAS 820 mm 81Y6674 Cable SATA slimline 81Y6774 Cable 2 5 inch HDD C 81Y6788 Cable Spec power assembly 00D3334 Cable USB 81Y6770 Cable 3 5 inch HDD power 81Y6771 Cable 3 5 inch HDD backplane 81Y6773 Cable 3 5 inch simple swap panel 81Y6776 Cable 2 5 inch HDD power 81Y6772 Cable 2 5 inch HDD I C 00D3049 Cable 3 4 IC 00D3910 Cable power 00D3911 Cable Q6000 power R2 00D4010 Cable mini SAS 00D4012 Cable simple swap M4 00D4016 Cable paptor 00D4021 Cable Q6000 power R1 00D9507 Cable VGA 81Y6775 Cable 2 x 3 VGA 900 mm 90Y5906 Cable operation panel 90Y4768 Cable USB conversion 39M2909 Cable USB 3 0 46C2598 Cable USB A B RDX 69Y5335 Cable USB A B DDS 94Y6675 Cable 1 M 39R6530 Cable 3 M 39R6532 Cable SCO 46M4027 Cable VCO2 46M4028 Cable power graphics 49Y4402 Cable tape power 81Y6789 Cable 130 155 Searay 90Y4661 Cable iBBU09 remote 90Y7309 Cable supercap 90Y7310 Drive 5 25 inch 36 GB USB 99Y3868 Drive 5 25 inch 80 GB USB 99Y3870 Internal RDX USB 3 0 drive dock 46C2346 186 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 11 Parts listing Type 7915 continued CRU part CRU part number n
452. umable and structural parts Sof ok e aoe a a 205 Removing the cover a 1 ee ee ee 205 Installing the cover lt a s a s we ee ee ee 206 Removing the air baffle 0 ee eee 206 Installing the air baffle so amp amp 208 Removing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller battery holder sa a a 208 Installing an optional ServeRAID SAS controller sania holder 209 Removing the bezel 2 Noe aks ae eo ee Installing the bezel Bog a Bae Gy aw 2 2 2 a 2H Removing the 240 VA safety COVO e 2 2 8 fee 2 wo a we we amp oo ew 21M Installing the 240 VA safety cover 2 ee eee 212 Removing and replacing Tier 1 CRUS 2 2 2 2 218 Removing the fan bracket 2 ee ee ee ee 218 Installing the fan bracket eR Boe ek ae ee ee we OTS Removing a USB hypervisor memory key oe ee de ie ee we oe le Installing a USB hypervisor memory key 217 Stretching a PCI riser card assembly eg ge ee ET Shrinking a PCI riser card assembly for half length adapters Joe a of a 2 218 Removing a PCI riser card assembly 2 218 iv IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing a PCI riser card assembly Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser card assembly Removing the optional dual port network adapter Installing the optional dua
453. umber Index Description Tier 1 Tier 2 External RDX USB 3 0 drive dock 46C2347 External RDX power adapter 81Y8905 Label service for 3 5 inch hard disk drive model 94Y6720 Label service for 2 5 inch hard disk drive model 94Y6722 Label chassis 94Y6721 Half high LTO Gen 3 SAS tape drive 46X5663 Half high LTO Gen 4 SAS tape drive 46X5672 Half high LTO Gen 5 SAS tape drive 46X5683 Consumable and structural parts Consumable and structural parts are not covered by the IBM Statement of Limited Warranty Table 12 Consumable and structural parts Type 7915 Index Description Part number 3 5 inch top cover 94Y6616 1 2 5 inch top cover 94Y6622 8 Power supply bay filler 94Y7610 Bezel 6 hard disk drive with tape drive 94Y6613 12 Bezel 16 hard disk drive with tape drive 94Y6623 13 Filler tape drive bay 41Y8739 17 Remote battery tray 94Y6615 20 Airflow baffle 94Y6624 Baffle 00D9458 Filler DVD blank 94Y6718 Filler EMC blank 4472248 Filler fan blank 94Y6736 EIA set kit 49Y5356 4 drive filler panel hot swap 49Y5359 3 5 inch mechanical chassis 94Y6617 2 5 inch mechanical chassis 94Y6628 Safety cover 94Y6619 Slide rail kit Gen lll 94Y6625 Slide rail kit 94Y6719 CMA kit 1U 94Y6626 CMA kit Gen lIl 2U 94Y6627 CMA kit 2U 4U 68Y7213 Cable management arm 49Y4817 Miscellaneous parts kit 94Y6746 Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server 187
454. untered a POST Progress 1 CIM_ComputerSystem ElementName has been detected Sensor Progress 88 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0608 1301xx03 Power supply PS Error A power supply 1 Make sure that the power supplies Configuration error configuration error installed are with the same rating or with rating mismatch rating mismatch wattage h 3 ae pocunred 2 Reinstall the power supplies with the same rating or wattage 806f0312 2201xxxx Entry to aux log has Info Entry to aux log No action information only asserted has been detected 80080128 2101xxxx Low security jumper Info The low security No action information only presence has jumper has been asserted detected 8008010f 2101xxxx Physical presence Info The physical No action information only jumper presence has presence jumper asserted has been detected 806f0028 2101xxxx TPM command fail Error The TPM sensor 1 Turn off the server and disconnect has asserted access has been the power cords Reconnect the eae power cords and restart the server foe geri 2 If the problem
455. urn the CD RW DVD drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you 244 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Installing an optional CD RW DVD drive To install the replacement CD RW DVD drive complete the following steps Alignment pins O 0 e ON gt Drive retention clip Remove the drive filler panel Attach the drive retention clip to the side of the drive Slide the drive into the CD DVD drive bay until the drive clicks into place Install the cover see Installing the cover on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the external cables then reconnect the power cords and turn on the peripheral devices and the server Removing the DVD drive cable To remove the DVD cable complete the following steps 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables Slide the server out of the rack then remove the cover see Removing the cover on page 205 Press and hold the connector release tab then remove the DVD drive cable from the connector on the system board Attention You must press the connector release tab in order to disconnect the DVD drive cable from the system board Do not disconnect the DVD drive cable by using excessive force From
456. used by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 405 904 xxx Ethernet Device Test Interrupt Failed 1 Make sure that the component firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 297 Run the test again Check the interrupt assignments in the PCI Hardware section of the DSA event log If the Ethernet device is sharing interrupts if possible use the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 to assign a unique interrupt to the device 4 Replace the component that is causing the error If the error is caused by an adapter replace the adapter Check the PCI Information and Network Settings information in the DSA event log to determine the physical location of the failing component 5 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at 169 Chapter 3 Diagnostics Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued Follow the suggested actions in
457. user has enabled No action information only by user 2 or disabled the 1 Ethernet interface CIM_EthernetPort EnabledState 2 user ID 40000008 00000000 Hostname set to 1__ Info A user has No action information only by user 2 1 CIM_DNSProtocolEndpoint Hostname 2 user ID modified the host name of the IMM 40000009 00000000 IP address of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 3 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoi IPv4Address 2 CIM_Static IPAssignment SettingData IPAddress 3 user ID Info nt A user has modified the IP address of the IMM No action information only 4000000a 00000000 IP subnet mask of network interface modified from 1 to 2 by user 3s 1 CIM_IPProtocolEndpoi SubnetMask 2 CIM_StaticlPAssignme SettingData SubnetMask 3 user ID Info nt nt A user has modified the IP subnet mask of the IMM No action information only 94 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 6 IMM2 error messages continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 4000000b 00000000 IP address of default gateway modified from 1 to 2 by user 3s
458. utlet 3 Remove one of the power supplies to isolate the failed power supply 4 Make sure that both power supplies installed in the server are of the same AC input voltage 5 Replace the failed power suppl hot swap ac power supply on page 259 and Installing al hot swap ac power supply on page 259 PS CONFIG If the PS LED and the CONFIG LED are lit the system issues When both the PS and CONFIG an invalid power configuration error Make sure that both LEDs are lit the power supply power supplies installed in the server are of the same rating configuration is invalid or wattage Chapter 3 Diagnostics 129 Table 7 Light path diagnostics panel LEDs continued Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician LED Description Action OVER SPEC The system consumption reaches 4 If the Pwr Rail A B C D E F G and H error was not bapa sera yafent detected complete the following steps protection point or the power k m supplies are damaged a Use the IBM Power Configurator utility to determine current system power consumption For more information and to download the utility go to http www 03 ibm com systems bladecenter resources powerconfig html b Replace the fa
459. vanced Settings Utility ASU 51003 S 51003 An Fatal Memory Error 1 Check the IBM support website for an uncorrectable memory Occurred applicable retain tip or firmware update that patna a detected i applies to this memory error o sote on ran 2 If the problem remains replace the affected S 51003 An DIMMS uncorrectable memory 3 Trained technician only If the problem error was detected on occurs on the same DIMM connector check processor channel the DIMM connector If the connector The failing DIMM contains any foreign material or is damaged within the channel replace the system board see Removing the could not be system board on page 290 and Installing determined the system board on page 292 S 51003 An 4 Trained technician only Remove the affected uncorrectable memory microprocessor and check the microprocessor error has been socket pins for any damaged pins If a detected during POST damage is found replace the system board 5 Trained technician only Replace the affected microprocessor see Removing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 279 and Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on page 282 S 51006 S 51006 A memory One or More Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM mismatch has been detected Please verify that the memory configuration is valid Mismatched DIMMs Detected you must disconnect the server from the power source then wait 10 seconds
460. ver on page 206 Slide the server into the rack Reconnect the power cords and all external cables and turn on the server and peripheral devices Removing a hot swap hard disk drive Attention To maintain proper system cooling do not operate the server for more than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each bay To remove a hard disk drive from a hot swap bay complete the following steps i 2 3 4 Read the safety information that begins on page viij Handling static sensitive devices on page 193 and Installation guidelines on page 191 Press up on the release latch at the top of the drive front Rotate the handle on the drive downward to the open position Pull the hot swap drive assembly out of the bay approximately 25 mm 1 inch Wait approximately 45 seconds while the drive spins down before you remove the drive assembly completely from the bay 236 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 5 If you are instructed to return the hot swap drive follow all packaging instructions and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you Installing a hot swap hard disk drive Locate the documentation that comes with the hard disk drive and follow those instructions in addition to the instructions in this section For information about the type of hard disk drive that the server supports and other information that
461. ver updates for your server Use UpdateXpress System Pack Installer to acquire and apply UpdateXpress System Packs and individual firmware and device driver updates For additional information and to download the UpdateXpress System Pack Installer go to the ToolsCenter for System x and BladeCenter at http publib boulderibm com infocenterftoolsctr vtrO index jepland click UpdateXpress System Pack Installer When you click an update an information page is displayed including a list of the problems that the update fixes Review this list for your specific problem however even if your problem is not listed installing the update might solve the problem Be sure to separately install any listed critical updates that have release dates that are later than the release date of the UpdateXpress System Pack or UpdateXpress image The firmware for the server is periodically updated and is available for download from the IBM website To check for the latest level of firmware such as UEFI firmware vital product data VPD code device drivers and integrated management module firmware go to http www ibm com support fixcentral Attention Before you update the firmware be sure to back up any data that is stored in the Trusted Platform Module TPM in case any of the TPM characteristics are changed by the new firmware For instructions see your encryption software documentation Download the latest firmware for the server then install the
462. vers and updates To access these pages go to http www ibm com systems support and follow the instructions Also some documents are available through the IBM Publications Center at http www ibm com shop publications order Getting help and information from the World Wide Web On the World Wide Web the IBM Web site has up to date information about IBM systems optional devices services and support The address for IBM System x and xSeries information is http www ibm com systems x The address for IBM BladeCenter information is http Awww ibm com systems bladecenter The address for IBM IntelliStation information is http www ibm com intellistation Copyright IBM Corp 2012 321 You can find service information for IBM systems and optional devices at http www ibm com systems suppo Software service and support Through IBM Support Line you can get telephone assistance for a fee with usage configuration and software problems with System x and xSeries servers BladeCenter products IntelliStation workstations and appliances For information about which products are supported by Support Line in your country or region see http www ibm com services sl products For more information about Support Line and other IBM services see http www ibm com services or see http www ibm com planetwide for support telephone numbers In the U S and Canada call 1 800 IBM SERV 1 800 426 7378 Hardwar
463. vice drivers or to submit a request for information Message number Component Test State Description Action 166 816 xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMM 12C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power hae to reset the IMM e command 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power is illegal source and turn on the system for the 3 Run the test again specified Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For SENSOr Ok the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com ae support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA i 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page 6 Run the test again If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 166 817 xxx IMM IMM I2C Test Aborted IMMI2C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted a to reset the IMM command response 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power could not source and turn on the system be 3 Run the test again provided Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For the
464. vice drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The screen is blank 1 If the server is attached to a KVM switch bypass the KVM switch to eliminate it as a possible cause of the problem connect the monitor cable directly to the correct connector on the rear of the server 2 The IMM2 remote presence function is disabled if you install an optional video adapter To use the IMM2 remote presence function remove the optional video adapter 3 If the server installed with external graphical adapters while turning on the server the IBM logo displays on the screen after approximately 3 minutes This is normal operation while the system loads 4 Make sure that e The server is turned on If there is no power to the server see Power problems on page 115 e The monitor cables are connected correctly e The monitor is turned on and the brightness and contrast controls are adjusted correctly 5 Make sure that the correct server is controlling the monitor if applicable 6 Make sure that damaged server firmware is not affecting the video see Recovering the server firmware on page 171 for information about recovering from server firmware failure 7 Observe the checkpoint LEDs on the light path diagnostics panel if the codes are changing go to the next step 8 Replace the following components one at a time in the order shown restarting the server each time a Monitor b Video ada
465. vices and the server g IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser card assembly This topic describes removing an adapter from a PCI expansion slot in a PCI riser card assembly These instructions apply to PCI adapters such as video graphic adapters and network adapters The following illustration shows the locations of the adapter expansion slots from the rear of the server Maximal card dimension supported in each slot rear view 1 Full height up to full length 4 Full height up to full length 2 Full height half length 5 Full height up to full length 3 Full height half length 6 Full height half length Riser 1 Riser 2 Note If you are replacing a high power graphics adapter you might need to disconnect the internal power cable from the system board before removing the adapter To remove an adapter from a PCI expansion slot complete the following steps PCI PCI risercard riser card assembly assembl in short position in long position Adapter connectors i SBZ B A Adapter connectors Full length adapter bracket Full length adapter bracket 1 Read the safety information that begins on page vii and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and external cables 3 Press down on the left and right side
466. view the total amount of installed memory and the amount of configured memory run the Setup utility For additional information see Configuring the server on page 298 A minimum of one DIMM must be installed for each microprocessor For example you must install a minimum of two DIMMs if the server has two microprocessors installed However to improve system performance install a minimum of four DIMMs for each microprocessor e DIMMs in the server must be the same type RDIMM UDIMM HCDIMM or LRDIMM to ensure that the server will operate correctly e When you install one quad rank DIMM in a channel install it in the DIMM connector furthest away from the microprocessor e For UDIMMs DIMM connectors 3 6 7 and 10 for microprocessor 1 and DIMM connectors 15 18 19 and 22 for microprocessor 2 are not used Notes 1 You can install DIMMs for microprocessor 2 as soon as you install microprocessor 2 you do not have to wait until all of the DIMM slots for microprocessor 1 are filled 2 DIMM slots 13 24 are reserved for microprocessor 2 thus DIMM slots 13 24 are enabled when microprocessor 2 is installed The following illustration shows the location of the DIMM connectors on the system board Microprocessor 1 gt ig Tan j er U Wp NKJ K2 Sr ENI T h ENI YT y eH
467. wap dc power supply complete the following steps Attention Only trained service personnel other than IBM service technicians are authorized to install and remove the 48 volt dc power supply and make the connections to and disconnections from the 48 volt dc power source IBM service technicians are not certified or authorized to install or remove the 48 volt power cable The customer is responsible for ensuring that only trained service personnel install or remove the 48 volt power cable 1 Read the safety information that begins on page viil and Installation guidelines on page 191 2 Touch the static protective package that contains the hot swap power supply to any unpainted metal surface on the server then remove the power supply from the package and place it on a static protective surface 3 Turn off the circuit breaker for the dc power source to which the new power supply will be connected Disconnect the power cord from the dc power source 4 Attach the dc power cable to the new power supply Make sure the wires are connected securely to the 48V ground and 48V return terminals Power input LED of 5 EA oan Kow GE Z N G OK Power output LED A Ww A M Power error LED U f A 48V return Ground 48V 5 If you are installing a hot swap power supply into an empty bay
468. without changing settings in the Setup utility To use the Boot Manager program complete the following steps 1 Turn off the server 2 Restart the server 3 When the prompt lt F12 gt Select Boot Device is displayed press F12 If a bootable USB mass storage device is installed a submenu item USB Key Disk is displayed 4 Use the Up arrow and Down arrow keys to select an item from the Boot Selection Menu and press Enter 306 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide The next time the server starts it returns to the startup sequence that is set in the Setup utility Starting the backup server firmware The system board contains a backup copy area for the server firmware formerly BIOS firmware This is a secondary copy of the server firmware that you update only during the process of updating the server firmware If the primary copy of the server firmware becomes damaged use this backup copy To force the server to start from the backup copy of the server firmware turn off the server then place the jumper in the backup position pins 2 and 3 Use the backup copy of the server firmware until the primary copy is restored After the primary copy is restored turn off the server then move the jumper back to the primary position pins 1 and 2 Using the integrated management module II The integrated management module II IMM2 is the second generation of the IMM Unlike the first generation
469. wnload IBM Electronic Service Agent go to http www ibm com support entry portal e POST error codes and event logs The power on self test POST generates messages to indicate successful test completion or the detection of a problem For more information see Event logs and POST on page 28 e Checkpoint codes Checkpoint codes track the progress of POST routines at system startup or reset Checkpoint codes are shown on the checkpoint code display which is on the light path diagnostics panel Event logs Error codes and messages are displayed in the following types of event logs Some of the error codes and messages in the logs are abbreviated When you are troubleshooting PCI X slots note that the event logs report the PCI X buses numerically The numerical assignments vary depending on the configuration You can check the assignments by running the Setup utility see Using the Setup utility on page 301 for more information e POST event log This log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that were generated during POST You can view the contents of the POST event log through the Setup utility e System event log This log contains messages that were generated during POST and all system status messages from the service processor You can view the contents of the system event log from the Setup utility The system event log is limited in size When it is full new entries will not
470. xposed to excessive pressure see Internal cable routing and connectors on page 194 292 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide 2 When you replace the system board you must either update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre existing firmware that the customer provides on a diskette or CD image Make sure that you have the latest firmware or a copy of the pre existing firmware before you Updating the Updating the Universal Unique Identifier UUID on and Updating the DMI SMBIOS data on page 317 for more information Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code updates If the device is part of a cluster solution verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the code 3 Update the vital product data VPD through the server firmware update procedure 4 If you see the error message Non compatible non supported CPU see PDSG for more information appears the microprocessor that you installed is not supported See Chapter 4 Parts listing Type 7915 server on page 179 for a list of supported microprocessors Chapter 5 Removing and replacing server components 293 To reinstall the system board complete the following steps 1 Align the system board at an angle as shown in the illustration then rotate and lower it flat and slide it back toward the r
471. xxx IMM IMM 12C Test Aborted IMMI2C 4 Turn off the system and disconnect it from the power test source You must disconnect the system from ac power aborted a to reset the IMM command response 2 After 45 seconds reconnect the system to the power could not source and turn on the system be 3 Run the test again provided Make sure that the DSA code is at the latest level For IMM a the latest level of DSA code go to http www ibm com oe support docview wss uid psg1SERV DSA progress 5 Make sure that the IMM firmware is at the latest level The installed firmware level is shown in the DSA event log in the Firmware VPD section for this component For more information see Updating the firmware on page Run the test again 7 If the failure remains go to the IBM website for more troubleshooting information at http www ibm com systems support supportsite wss docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp lndocid SERV CALL 150 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Table 9 DSA Preboot messages continued new device drivers or to submit a request for information Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information
472. y Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician 806f0a13 0301xxxx A Fatal Bus Error has Error A bus fatal error 1 Reseat the microprocessor and occurred on system has been detected then restart the server CPU 1 PECI 2 Replace microprocessor n n microprocessor number 806f0125 1001xxxx The entity of PCI Info The entity of PCI No action information only 806f0125 1002xxxx riser has been riser n has been detected absent for detected absent PCI n n PCI slot n PCI slot number number 80010701 1001xxxx Sensor PCI riser n Warning An upper 1 Reduce the ambient temperature 10701 1002 Te ing hi criti 800107017100500 Temp going igh has critical SONS ia Check the server airflow Make sure upper non critical going high has ihat nothing is blocking th air f has asserted asserted a tales aa ie ie oo n PCI slot number coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010901 1001xxxx Sensor PCI riser n Error An upper critical 1 Reduce the ambient temperature 80010901 1002xxxx Temp going high sensor going high upper critical has has asserted 23 hes me SEa Arow Maks sie assert d that nothing is blocking the air from n PCI slot number coming into or preventing the air from exiting the server 80010b01 1001xxxx Sensor PCI riser n Error An upper Check the server airflow Make sure 80010b01 1002xxxx Temp going high non recoverable that nothing
473. y IBM BladeCenter and System x document at http www 947 ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000020 amp Indocid MIGR 5081319 Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action The amount of system memory Note Each time you install or remove a DIMM you must disconnect the server that is displayed is less than the from the power source then wait 10 seconds before restarting the server amount of installed physical 1 Make sure that memory y e No error LEDs are lit on the operator information panel e No DIMM error LEDs are lit on the system board e Memory mirroring does not account for the discrepancy e The memory modules are seated correctly e You have installed the correct type of memory e If you changed the memory you updated the memory configuration in the Setup utility All banks of memory are enabled The server might have automatically disabled a memory bank when it detected a problem or a memory bank might have been manually disabled e There is no memory mismatch when the server is at the minimum memory configuration 2 Reseat the DIMMs and then restart the server 3 Check the POST error log e If a DIMM was disabled by a systems management interrupt SMI replace the DIMM If a DIMM was disabled by the user or b
474. y Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error is lit with a supported t Installing a microprocessor and heat sink on Ke NX 30 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Diagnostic code Message Description Action 1 18008 l 18008 Currently Processors have 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the there is no additional mismatched Internal ServerProven website at information for this DDR3 Frequency http www ibm com systems info x86servers event serverproven compat us 2 Check the IBM support website for a firmware update and update the server firmware to the latest level see Updating the firmware on age 297 3 Trained technician only Remove and replace the affected microprocessor error LED is lit with a supported type see nstalling a microprocessor and heat sink on Hl 1 18009 1 18009 A core speed Processors have 1 Make sure that the microprocessor is on the mismatch has been mismatched Cor
475. y see Removing the battery on page 273 and Installing the battery on page 275 e Trained service technician only System board see Removing the system board on page 290 and Installing the system board on page 292 HDD A hard disk drive has failed oris 4 If the CONFIG LED is not lit complete the following steps missing to correct the problem a Check the LEDs on the hard disk drives for the drive with a lit status LED and reseat the hard disk drive b Reseat the hard disk drive backplane c For more information see Hard disk drive problems on page 104 d If the error remains replace the following components one at a time in the order listed restarting the server after each 1 Replace the hard disk drive 2 Replace the hard disk drive backplane If the problem remains go to http www ibm com docdisplay brandind 5000008 amp Indocid SERV CALL 2 If the HDD LED and the CONFIG LED are lit complete the following steps to correct the problem a Check the microprocessor installed is Intel E5 2690 If it is check the 2 5 inch hard disk drives installed is lesser than eight b Check the system error logs for information about the error Replace any component that is identified in the error log 134 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Power supply LEDs The following minimum configuration is required for the DC LED on the powe
476. y POST reseat the DIMM then run the Setup utility and enable the DIMM 4 Check that all DIMMs are initialized in the Setup utility then run memory diagnostics see Running the diagnostic programs on page 137 5 Reverse the DIMMs between the channels of the same microprocessor and then restart the server If the problem is related to a DIMM replace the failing DIMM 6 Re enable all DIMMs using the Setup utility and then restart the server 7 Trained technician only Install the failing DIMM into a DIMM connector for microprocessor 2 if installed to verify that the problem is not the microprocessor or the DIMM connector 8 Trained technician only Replace the system board 108 IBM System x3650 M4 Type 7915 Problem Determination and Service Guide Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained technician only that step must be performed only by a trained technician e For additional memory troubleshooting information refer to the Troubleshooting Memory IBM BladeCenter and System x document at http www 947 ibm com support eniry portal docdisplay brand 5000020 amp Indocid MIGR 5081319 Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com supportportal to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information
477. y the adapter the green hard does not rebuild disk drive activity LED is flashing 2 Review the SAS SATA adapter documentation to determine the correct configuration parameters and settings Chapter 3 Diagnostics 105 Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem is solved If an action step is preceded by Trained service technician only that step must be performed only by a Trained service technician Go to the IBM support website at http www ibm com systems support to check for technical information hints tips and new device drivers or to submit a request for information Symptom Action A green hard disk drive activity If the green hard disk drive activity LED does not flash when the drive is in use LED does not accurately run the DSA Preboot diagnostic programs to collect error logs see Diagnostic represent the actual state of the jprograms messages and error codes on page 137 associated drive e If there is a hard disk drive error log replace the affected hard disk drive e If there is no disk drive error log error log replace the affected backplane An yellow hard disk drive status If the yellow hard disk drive LED and the RAID adapter software do not indicate LED does not accurately the same status for the drive complete the following steps represent the actual state of the associated drive
478. ystem input power or network connections View the light path diagnostics LEDs and event logs The server is designed for ease of diagnosis of hardware and software problems e E ht path diagnostics LEDs See Light path diagnostics LEDs on page 1 29 for information about light path diagnostics LEDs that are lit and actions that you should take e Event logs Seg Event logs on page 26 for information about notification events and diagnosis e Software or operating system error codes See the documentation for the software or operating system for information about a specific error code See the manufacturer s website for documentation Run IBM Dynamic System Analysis DSA and collect system data Run Dynamic System Analysis DSA to collect information about the hardware firmware software and operating system Have this information available when you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider For instructions for running DSA see the Dynamic System Analysis Installation and User s Guide To download the latest version of DSA code and the Dynamic System Analysis Installation and User s Guide go to http www ibm com support entry portal docdisplay brand 5000008 amp Ilndocid SERV DSA Check for and apply code updates Fixes or workarounds for many problems might be available in updated UEFI firmware device firmware or device drivers Important Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or co

User-Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents